1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced 11 // by the C type system. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" 26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" 35 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 36 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" 37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 38 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" 39 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 40 #include <limits> 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 45 unsigned ByteNo) const { 46 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(), 47 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo()); 48 } 49 50 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number. 51 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error. 52 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) { 53 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs(); 54 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false; 55 56 if (argCount < desiredArgCount) 57 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 58 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount 59 << call->getSourceRange(); 60 61 // Highlight all the excess arguments. 62 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(), 63 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd()); 64 65 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 66 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount 67 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange(); 68 } 69 70 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer 71 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal. 72 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { 73 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2)) 74 return true; 75 76 // First argument should be an integer. 77 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 78 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType(); 79 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) { 80 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg) 81 << ValArg->getSourceRange(); 82 return true; 83 } 84 85 // Second argument should be a constant string. 86 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 87 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg); 88 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { 89 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg) 90 << StrArg->getSourceRange(); 91 return true; 92 } 93 94 TheCall->setType(Ty); 95 return false; 96 } 97 98 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the 99 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type. 100 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { 101 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1)) 102 return true; 103 104 ExprResult Arg(S.Owned(TheCall->getArg(0))); 105 QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart()); 106 if (ResultType.isNull()) 107 return true; 108 109 TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.take()); 110 TheCall->setType(ResultType); 111 return false; 112 } 113 114 ExprResult 115 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 116 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall)); 117 118 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions. 119 unsigned ICEArguments = 0; 120 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 121 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments); 122 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) 123 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors. 124 125 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose. 126 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) { 127 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's. 128 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue; 129 130 llvm::APSInt Result; 131 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result)) 132 return true; 133 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo); 134 } 135 136 switch (BuiltinID) { 137 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString: 138 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 && 139 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString"); 140 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0))) 141 return ExprError(); 142 break; 143 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start: 144 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start: 145 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall)) 146 return ExprError(); 147 break; 148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater: 149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal: 150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless: 151 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal: 152 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater: 153 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered: 154 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall)) 155 return ExprError(); 156 break; 157 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: 158 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6)) 159 return ExprError(); 160 break; 161 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: 162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: 163 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: 164 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: 165 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: 166 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1)) 167 return ExprError(); 168 break; 169 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector: 170 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall); 171 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since 172 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it. 173 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch: 174 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall)) 175 return ExprError(); 176 break; 177 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: 178 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall)) 179 return ExprError(); 180 break; 181 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp: 182 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall)) 183 return ExprError(); 184 break; 185 186 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type: 187 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; 188 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 189 break; 190 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: 191 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; 192 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 193 break; 194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add: 195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: 196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: 197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: 198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: 199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: 200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub: 201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: 202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: 203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: 204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: 205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: 206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or: 207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: 208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: 209 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: 210 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: 211 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: 212 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and: 213 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: 214 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: 215 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: 216 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: 217 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: 218 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor: 219 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: 220 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: 221 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: 222 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: 223 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: 224 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch: 225 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: 226 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: 227 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: 228 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: 229 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: 230 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch: 231 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: 232 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: 233 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: 234 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: 235 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: 236 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch: 237 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: 238 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: 239 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: 240 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: 241 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: 242 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch: 243 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: 244 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: 245 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: 246 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: 247 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: 248 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch: 249 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: 250 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: 251 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: 252 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: 253 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: 254 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: 255 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: 256 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: 257 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: 258 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: 259 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: 260 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: 261 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: 262 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: 263 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: 264 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: 265 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: 266 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set: 267 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: 268 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: 269 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: 270 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: 271 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: 272 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: 273 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: 274 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: 275 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: 276 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: 277 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: 278 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap: 279 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: 280 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: 281 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: 282 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: 283 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: 284 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult); 285 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) 286 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \ 287 case Builtin::BI##ID: \ 288 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID); 289 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def" 290 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation: 291 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall)) 292 return ExprError(); 293 break; 294 case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof: 295 if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall)) 296 return ExprError(); 297 break; 298 } 299 300 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those 301 // of the arch we are compiling for. 302 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) { 303 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { 304 case llvm::Triple::arm: 305 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 306 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 307 return ExprError(); 308 break; 309 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 310 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: 311 if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 312 return ExprError(); 313 break; 314 case llvm::Triple::mips: 315 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 316 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 317 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 318 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 319 return ExprError(); 320 break; 321 case llvm::Triple::x86: 322 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: 323 if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 324 return ExprError(); 325 break; 326 default: 327 break; 328 } 329 } 330 331 return TheCallResult; 332 } 333 334 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code. 335 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) { 336 NeonTypeFlags Type(t); 337 int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad(); 338 switch (Type.getEltType()) { 339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: 340 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: 341 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1; 342 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: 343 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: 344 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1; 345 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: 346 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1; 347 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: 348 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: 349 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 350 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: 351 return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 352 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: 353 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 354 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1; 355 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: 356 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 357 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1; 358 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: 359 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); 360 return (1 << IsQuad) - 1; 361 } 362 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); 363 } 364 365 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of 366 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check 367 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics. 368 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context, 369 bool IsAArch64) { 370 switch (Flags.getEltType()) { 371 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: 372 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; 373 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: 374 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; 375 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: 376 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 377 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: 378 if (IsAArch64) 379 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 380 else 381 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 382 : Context.LongLongTy; 383 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: 384 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; 385 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: 386 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; 387 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: 388 return Context.UnsignedLongTy; 389 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: 390 break; 391 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: 392 return Context.HalfTy; 393 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: 394 return Context.FloatTy; 395 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: 396 return Context.DoubleTy; 397 } 398 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 402 llvm::APSInt Result; 403 uint64_t mask = 0; 404 unsigned TV = 0; 405 int PtrArgNum = -1; 406 bool HasConstPtr = false; 407 switch (BuiltinID) { 408 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK 409 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" 410 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK 411 } 412 413 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate 414 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit. 415 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1; 416 if (mask) { 417 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result)) 418 return true; 419 420 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64); 421 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0) 422 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code) 423 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange(); 424 } 425 426 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) { 427 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type. 428 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum); 429 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg)) 430 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr(); 431 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg); 432 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 433 434 bool IsAArch64 = 435 Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64; 436 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsAArch64); 437 if (HasConstPtr) 438 EltTy = EltTy.withConst(); 439 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy); 440 AssignConvertType ConvTy; 441 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); 442 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 443 return true; 444 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy, 445 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) 446 return true; 447 } 448 449 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the 450 // instruction, range check them here. 451 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 452 switch (BuiltinID) { 453 default: 454 return false; 455 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK 456 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" 457 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK 458 } 459 ; 460 461 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 462 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 463 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 464 return false; 465 466 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 467 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 468 return true; 469 470 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction. 471 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 472 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l)) 473 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 474 << l << u + l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 475 476 return false; 477 } 478 479 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, 480 CallExpr *TheCall) { 481 if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 482 return true; 483 484 return false; 485 } 486 487 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 488 assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || 489 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) && 490 "unexpected ARM builtin"); 491 bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex; 492 493 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 494 495 // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments. 496 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2)) 497 return true; 498 499 // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be 500 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. 501 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit 502 // casts here. 503 Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1); 504 ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg); 505 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) 506 return true; 507 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take(); 508 509 const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 510 if (!pointerType) { 511 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 512 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 513 return true; 514 } 515 516 // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next 517 // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just 518 // what the appropriate type is. 519 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); 520 QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile(); 521 if (IsLdrex) 522 AddrType.addConst(); 523 524 // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy. 525 CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp; 526 if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) { 527 CastNeeded = CK_BitCast; 528 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers) 529 << PointerArg->getType() 530 << Context.getPointerType(AddrType) 531 << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 532 } 533 534 // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version. 535 AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType); 536 PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded); 537 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) 538 return true; 539 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take(); 540 541 TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg); 542 543 // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored. 544 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && 545 !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) { 546 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr) 547 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 548 return true; 549 } 550 551 // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions. 552 if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > 64) { 553 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size) 554 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 555 return true; 556 } 557 558 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 559 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 560 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 561 // okay 562 break; 563 564 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 565 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 566 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 567 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 568 << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); 569 return true; 570 } 571 572 573 if (IsLdrex) { 574 TheCall->setType(ValType); 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 // Initialize the argument to be stored. 579 ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 580 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( 581 Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false); 582 ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg); 583 if (ValArg.isInvalid()) 584 return true; 585 TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get()); 586 587 // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def, 588 // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis. 589 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); 590 return false; 591 } 592 593 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 594 llvm::APSInt Result; 595 596 if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || 597 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) { 598 return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall); 599 } 600 601 if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) 602 return true; 603 604 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the 605 // instruction, range check them here. 606 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 607 switch (BuiltinID) { 608 default: return false; 609 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break; 610 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break; 611 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f: 612 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break; 613 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb: 614 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb: l = 0; u = 15; break; 615 }; 616 617 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 618 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 619 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 620 return false; 621 622 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 623 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 624 return true; 625 626 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction. 627 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 628 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l)) 629 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 630 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 631 632 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present. 633 return false; 634 } 635 636 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 637 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; 638 switch (BuiltinID) { 639 default: return false; 640 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break; 641 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break; 642 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 643 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break; 644 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 645 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 646 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; 647 }; 648 649 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 650 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 651 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 652 return false; 653 654 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant. 655 llvm::APSInt Result; 656 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 657 return true; 658 659 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction. 660 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue(); 661 if (Val < l || Val > u) 662 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 663 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange(); 664 665 return false; 666 } 667 668 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { 669 switch (BuiltinID) { 670 case X86::BI_mm_prefetch: 671 return SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch(TheCall); 672 } 673 return false; 674 } 675 676 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo 677 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg. 678 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has 679 /// been populated. 680 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 681 FormatStringInfo *FSI) { 682 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0; 683 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1; 684 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1; 685 686 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument 687 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own 688 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case. 689 if (IsCXXMember) { 690 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0) 691 return false; 692 --FSI->FormatIdx; 693 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0) 694 --FSI->FirstDataArg; 695 } 696 return true; 697 } 698 699 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null. 700 /// 701 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null. 702 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, 703 const Expr *Expr) { 704 // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are 705 // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute. 706 if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) { 707 if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) 708 if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = 709 dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr)) 710 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = 711 dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer())) 712 Expr = ILE->getInit(0); 713 } 714 715 bool Result; 716 return (!Expr->isValueDependent() && 717 Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) && 718 !Result); 719 } 720 721 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S, 722 const Expr *ArgExpr, 723 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { 724 if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr)) 725 S.Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); 726 } 727 728 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S, 729 const NamedDecl *FDecl, 730 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 731 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { 732 // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself. 733 for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) { 734 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(), 735 e = NonNull->args_end(); 736 i != e; ++i) { 737 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[*i], CallSiteLoc); 738 } 739 } 740 741 // Check the attributes on the parameters. 742 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms; 743 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)) 744 parms = FD->parameters(); 745 else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)) 746 parms = MD->parameters(); 747 748 unsigned argIndex = 0; 749 for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end(); 750 I != E; ++I, ++argIndex) { 751 const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I; 752 if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) 753 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[argIndex], CallSiteLoc); 754 } 755 } 756 757 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg 758 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters. 759 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 760 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, 761 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 762 VariadicCallType CallType) { 763 // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition. 764 if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) 765 return; 766 767 // Printf and scanf checking. 768 llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs; 769 if (FDecl) { 770 for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { 771 // Only create vector if there are format attributes. 772 CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size()); 773 774 CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range, 775 CheckedVarArgs); 776 } 777 } 778 779 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string 780 // checks above. 781 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { 782 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { 783 // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code. 784 if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) { 785 if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx]) 786 checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType); 787 } 788 } 789 } 790 791 if (FDecl) { 792 CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Args.data(), Loc); 793 794 // Type safety checking. 795 for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>()) 796 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data()); 797 } 798 } 799 800 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety 801 /// properties not enforced by the C type system. 802 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 803 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 804 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 805 SourceLocation Loc) { 806 VariadicCallType CallType = 807 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply; 808 checkCall(FDecl, Args, Proto->getNumParams(), 809 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType); 810 } 811 812 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness 813 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system. 814 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 815 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 816 bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) && 817 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl); 818 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) || 819 IsMemberOperatorCall; 820 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, 821 TheCall->getCallee()); 822 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 823 Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs(); 824 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 825 if (IsMemberOperatorCall) { 826 // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument 827 // from checkCall. 828 // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal. 829 ++Args; 830 --NumArgs; 831 } 832 checkCall(FDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs), NumParams, 833 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 834 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 835 836 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); 837 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have 838 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions). 839 if (!FnInfo) 840 return false; 841 842 CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo); 843 844 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind(); 845 if (CMId == 0) 846 return false; 847 848 // Handle memory setting and copying functions. 849 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat) 850 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); 851 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat) 852 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); 853 else 854 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo); 855 856 return false; 857 } 858 859 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac, 860 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) { 861 VariadicCallType CallType = 862 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply; 863 864 checkCall(Method, Args, Method->param_size(), 865 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, 866 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType); 867 868 return false; 869 } 870 871 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 872 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 873 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl); 874 if (!V) 875 return false; 876 877 QualType Ty = V->getType(); 878 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) 879 return false; 880 881 VariadicCallType CallType; 882 if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) { 883 CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply; 884 } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { 885 CallType = VariadicBlock; 886 } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType() 887 CallType = VariadicFunction; 888 } 889 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 890 891 checkCall(NDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(), 892 TheCall->getNumArgs()), 893 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 894 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 895 896 return false; 897 } 898 899 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available, 900 /// such as function pointers returned from functions. 901 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { 902 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/0, Proto, 903 TheCall->getCallee()); 904 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; 905 906 checkCall(/*FDecl=*/0, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>( 907 TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()), 908 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), 909 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); 910 911 return false; 912 } 913 914 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 915 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) { 916 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get()); 917 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 918 919 // All these operations take one of the following forms: 920 enum { 921 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C) 922 Init, 923 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int) 924 Load, 925 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int) 926 Copy, 927 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int) 928 Arithmetic, 929 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int) 930 Xchg, 931 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int) 932 GNUXchg, 933 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int) 934 C11CmpXchg, 935 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int) 936 GNUCmpXchg 937 } Form = Init; 938 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 }; 939 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 }; 940 // where: 941 // C is an appropriate type, 942 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins, 943 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise, 944 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and 945 // the int parameters are for orderings. 946 947 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 && 948 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load 949 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics"); 950 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init && 951 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor; 952 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n || 953 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n || 954 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n || 955 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n; 956 bool IsAddSub = false; 957 958 switch (Op) { 959 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init: 960 Form = Init; 961 break; 962 963 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load: 964 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n: 965 Form = Load; 966 break; 967 968 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store: 969 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load: 970 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store: 971 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n: 972 Form = Copy; 973 break; 974 975 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add: 976 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub: 977 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add: 978 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub: 979 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch: 980 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch: 981 IsAddSub = true; 982 // Fall through. 983 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and: 984 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or: 985 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor: 986 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and: 987 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or: 988 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor: 989 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand: 990 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch: 991 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch: 992 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch: 993 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch: 994 Form = Arithmetic; 995 break; 996 997 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange: 998 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n: 999 Form = Xchg; 1000 break; 1001 1002 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange: 1003 Form = GNUXchg; 1004 break; 1005 1006 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong: 1007 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak: 1008 Form = C11CmpXchg; 1009 break; 1010 1011 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange: 1012 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n: 1013 Form = GNUCmpXchg; 1014 break; 1015 } 1016 1017 // Check we have the right number of arguments. 1018 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) { 1019 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1020 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1021 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1022 return ExprError(); 1023 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) { 1024 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(), 1025 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1026 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1027 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1028 return ExprError(); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation. 1032 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0); 1033 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get(); 1034 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 1035 if (!pointerType) { 1036 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 1037 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1038 return ExprError(); 1039 } 1040 1041 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type. 1042 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A' 1043 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C' 1044 if (IsC11) { 1045 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) { 1046 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic) 1047 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1048 return ExprError(); 1049 } 1050 if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) { 1051 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic) 1052 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1053 return ExprError(); 1054 } 1055 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 1056 } 1057 1058 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed. 1059 if (Form == Arithmetic) { 1060 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity. 1061 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { 1062 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) 1063 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1064 return ExprError(); 1065 } 1066 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) { 1067 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int) 1068 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1069 return ExprError(); 1070 } 1071 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { 1072 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or 1073 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length. 1074 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) 1075 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1076 return ExprError(); 1077 } 1078 1079 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) && 1080 !AtomTy->isScalarType()) { 1081 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of 1082 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity. 1083 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy) 1084 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1085 return ExprError(); 1086 } 1087 1088 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be 1089 // const-qualified. 1090 1091 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 1092 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 1093 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 1094 // okay 1095 break; 1096 1097 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 1098 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 1099 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 1100 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known 1101 // to be trivially copyable. 1102 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 1103 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange(); 1104 return ExprError(); 1105 } 1106 1107 QualType ResultType = ValType; 1108 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init) 1109 ResultType = Context.VoidTy; 1110 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg) 1111 ResultType = Context.BoolTy; 1112 1113 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such 1114 // arguments are actually passed as pointers. 1115 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP' 1116 if (!IsC11 && !IsN) 1117 ByValType = Ptr->getType(); 1118 1119 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we 1120 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk 1121 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. 1122 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) { 1123 QualType Ty; 1124 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) { 1125 switch (i) { 1126 case 1: 1127 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this 1128 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always 1129 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses 1130 // by-value. 1131 assert(Form != Load); 1132 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType())) 1133 Ty = ValType; 1134 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg) 1135 Ty = ByValType; 1136 else if (Form == Arithmetic) 1137 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 1138 else 1139 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType()); 1140 break; 1141 case 2: 1142 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a 1143 // (pointer to a) desired value. 1144 Ty = ByValType; 1145 break; 1146 case 3: 1147 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag. 1148 Ty = Context.BoolTy; 1149 break; 1150 } 1151 } else { 1152 // The order(s) are always converted to int. 1153 Ty = Context.IntTy; 1154 } 1155 1156 InitializedEntity Entity = 1157 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false); 1158 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i); 1159 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1160 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1161 return true; 1162 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get()); 1163 } 1164 1165 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order. 1166 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs; 1167 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr); 1168 switch (Form) { 1169 case Init: 1170 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic. 1171 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1172 break; 1173 case Load: 1174 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order 1175 break; 1176 case Copy: 1177 case Arithmetic: 1178 case Xchg: 1179 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order 1180 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1181 break; 1182 case GNUXchg: 1183 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic. 1184 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order 1185 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1186 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1187 break; 1188 case C11CmpXchg: 1189 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order 1190 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1191 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail 1192 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1193 break; 1194 case GNUCmpXchg: 1195 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order 1196 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 1197 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail 1198 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 1199 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak 1200 break; 1201 } 1202 1203 AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), 1204 SubExprs, ResultType, Op, 1205 TheCall->getRParenLoc()); 1206 1207 if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load || 1208 (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) && 1209 Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE)) 1210 Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) << 1211 ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1); 1212 1213 return Owned(AE); 1214 } 1215 1216 1217 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform 1218 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in 1219 /// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom 1220 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of 1221 /// them. 1222 /// 1223 /// Returns true on error. 1224 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) { 1225 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee(); 1226 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!"); 1227 1228 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex); 1229 InitializedEntity Entity = 1230 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param); 1231 1232 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0); 1233 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1234 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1235 return true; 1236 1237 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take()); 1238 return false; 1239 } 1240 1241 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like 1242 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer 1243 /// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already 1244 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as 1245 /// void(...). 1246 /// 1247 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these 1248 /// builtins, 1249 ExprResult 1250 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) { 1251 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get(); 1252 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 1253 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 1254 1255 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from. 1256 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) { 1257 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1258 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1259 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1260 return ExprError(); 1261 } 1262 1263 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be 1264 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. 1265 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit 1266 // casts here. 1267 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input. 1268 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0); 1269 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg); 1270 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid()) 1271 return ExprError(); 1272 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take(); 1273 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg); 1274 1275 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 1276 if (!pointerType) { 1277 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) 1278 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1279 return ExprError(); 1280 } 1281 1282 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); 1283 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && 1284 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) { 1285 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr) 1286 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1287 return ExprError(); 1288 } 1289 1290 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { 1291 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 1292 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 1293 // okay 1294 break; 1295 1296 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 1297 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 1298 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 1299 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) 1300 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1301 return ExprError(); 1302 } 1303 1304 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType. 1305 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType(); 1306 1307 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return 1308 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below. 1309 QualType ResultType = ValType; 1310 1311 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example, 1312 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into 1313 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2. 1314 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \ 1315 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \ 1316 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 } 1317 1318 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = { 1319 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add), 1320 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub), 1321 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or), 1322 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and), 1323 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor), 1324 1325 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch), 1326 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch), 1327 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch), 1328 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch), 1329 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch), 1330 1331 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap), 1332 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap), 1333 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set), 1334 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release), 1335 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap) 1336 }; 1337 #undef BUILTIN_ROW 1338 1339 // Determine the index of the size. 1340 unsigned SizeIndex; 1341 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) { 1342 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break; 1343 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break; 1344 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break; 1345 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break; 1346 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break; 1347 default: 1348 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size) 1349 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); 1350 return ExprError(); 1351 } 1352 1353 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of 1354 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff 1355 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well 1356 // as the number of fixed args. 1357 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID(); 1358 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1; 1359 switch (BuiltinID) { 1360 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!"); 1361 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add: 1362 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: 1363 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: 1364 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: 1365 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: 1366 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: 1367 BuiltinIndex = 0; 1368 break; 1369 1370 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub: 1371 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: 1372 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: 1373 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: 1374 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: 1375 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: 1376 BuiltinIndex = 1; 1377 break; 1378 1379 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or: 1380 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: 1381 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: 1382 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: 1383 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: 1384 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: 1385 BuiltinIndex = 2; 1386 break; 1387 1388 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and: 1389 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: 1390 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: 1391 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: 1392 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: 1393 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: 1394 BuiltinIndex = 3; 1395 break; 1396 1397 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor: 1398 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: 1399 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: 1400 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: 1401 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: 1402 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: 1403 BuiltinIndex = 4; 1404 break; 1405 1406 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch: 1407 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: 1408 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: 1409 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: 1410 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: 1411 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: 1412 BuiltinIndex = 5; 1413 break; 1414 1415 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch: 1416 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: 1417 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: 1418 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: 1419 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: 1420 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: 1421 BuiltinIndex = 6; 1422 break; 1423 1424 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch: 1425 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: 1426 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: 1427 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: 1428 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: 1429 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: 1430 BuiltinIndex = 7; 1431 break; 1432 1433 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch: 1434 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: 1435 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: 1436 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: 1437 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: 1438 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: 1439 BuiltinIndex = 8; 1440 break; 1441 1442 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch: 1443 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: 1444 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: 1445 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: 1446 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: 1447 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: 1448 BuiltinIndex = 9; 1449 break; 1450 1451 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: 1452 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: 1453 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: 1454 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: 1455 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: 1456 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: 1457 BuiltinIndex = 10; 1458 NumFixed = 2; 1459 break; 1460 1461 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: 1462 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: 1463 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: 1464 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: 1465 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: 1466 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: 1467 BuiltinIndex = 11; 1468 NumFixed = 2; 1469 ResultType = Context.BoolTy; 1470 break; 1471 1472 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set: 1473 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: 1474 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: 1475 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: 1476 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: 1477 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: 1478 BuiltinIndex = 12; 1479 break; 1480 1481 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: 1482 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: 1483 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: 1484 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: 1485 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: 1486 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: 1487 BuiltinIndex = 13; 1488 NumFixed = 0; 1489 ResultType = Context.VoidTy; 1490 break; 1491 1492 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap: 1493 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: 1494 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: 1495 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: 1496 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: 1497 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: 1498 BuiltinIndex = 14; 1499 break; 1500 } 1501 1502 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we 1503 // have at least that many. 1504 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) { 1505 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1506 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1507 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); 1508 return ExprError(); 1509 } 1510 1511 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the 1512 // concrete integer type we should convert to is. 1513 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex]; 1514 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID); 1515 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl; 1516 if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID) 1517 NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl; 1518 else { 1519 // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it. 1520 DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName)); 1521 LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName); 1522 LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); 1523 assert(Res.getFoundDecl()); 1524 NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl()); 1525 if (NewBuiltinDecl == 0) 1526 return ExprError(); 1527 } 1528 1529 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we 1530 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk 1531 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. 1532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) { 1533 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1); 1534 1535 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This 1536 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now. 1537 // Initialize the argument. 1538 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, 1539 ValType, /*consume*/ false); 1540 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); 1541 if (Arg.isInvalid()) 1542 return ExprError(); 1543 1544 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check 1545 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can 1546 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and 1547 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange 1548 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc. 1549 // FIXME: Do this check. 1550 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take()); 1551 } 1552 1553 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext(); 1554 1555 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl. 1556 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create( 1557 Context, 1558 DRE->getQualifierLoc(), 1559 SourceLocation(), 1560 NewBuiltinDecl, 1561 /*enclosing*/ false, 1562 DRE->getLocation(), 1563 Context.BuiltinFnTy, 1564 DRE->getValueKind()); 1565 1566 // Set the callee in the CallExpr. 1567 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information. 1568 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType()); 1569 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy, 1570 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr); 1571 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take()); 1572 1573 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This 1574 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it 1575 // gracefully. 1576 TheCall->setType(ResultType); 1577 1578 return TheCallResult; 1579 } 1580 1581 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin 1582 /// CFString constructor is correct 1583 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would 1584 /// simplify the backend). 1585 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) { 1586 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts(); 1587 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg); 1588 1589 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { 1590 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant) 1591 << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1592 return true; 1593 } 1594 1595 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) { 1596 StringRef String = Literal->getString(); 1597 unsigned NumBytes = String.size(); 1598 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes); 1599 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data(); 1600 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0]; 1601 1602 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, 1603 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes, 1604 strictConversion); 1605 // Check for conversion failure. 1606 if (Result != conversionOK) 1607 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), 1608 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1609 } 1610 return false; 1611 } 1612 1613 /// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity. 1614 /// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success. 1615 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1616 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee(); 1617 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) { 1618 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1619 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1620 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1621 << Fn->getSourceRange() 1622 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1623 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1624 return true; 1625 } 1626 1627 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) { 1628 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1629 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1630 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs(); 1631 } 1632 1633 // Type-check the first argument normally. 1634 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0)) 1635 return true; 1636 1637 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not. 1638 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); 1639 bool isVariadic; 1640 if (CurBlock) 1641 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic(); 1642 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) 1643 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); 1644 else 1645 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic(); 1646 1647 if (!isVariadic) { 1648 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function); 1649 return true; 1650 } 1651 1652 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the 1653 // current function or method. 1654 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false; 1655 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 1656 1657 // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next 1658 // block. 1659 QualType Type; 1660 SourceLocation ParamLoc; 1661 1662 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) { 1663 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 1664 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning). 1665 // Get the last formal in the current function. 1666 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg; 1667 if (CurBlock) 1668 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1); 1669 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) 1670 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1); 1671 else 1672 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1); 1673 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg; 1674 1675 Type = PV->getType(); 1676 ParamLoc = PV->getLocation(); 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument) 1681 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), 1682 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument); 1683 else if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 1684 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), 1685 diag::warn_va_start_of_reference_type_is_undefined); 1686 Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type; 1687 } 1688 1689 TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy); 1690 return false; 1691 } 1692 1693 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and 1694 /// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. 1695 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1696 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) 1697 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1698 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; 1699 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) 1700 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1701 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1702 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1703 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), 1704 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1705 1706 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0); 1707 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1); 1708 1709 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common 1710 // type. 1711 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false); 1712 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid()) 1713 return true; 1714 1715 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is 1716 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool 1717 // foo(...)". 1718 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get()); 1719 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get()); 1720 1721 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1722 return false; 1723 1724 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were 1725 // invalid for this operation. 1726 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType()) 1727 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), 1728 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare) 1729 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType() 1730 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd()); 1731 1732 return false; 1733 } 1734 1735 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like 1736 /// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have 1737 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point 1738 /// value. 1739 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) { 1740 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs) 1741 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 1742 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; 1743 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs) 1744 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), 1745 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 1746 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1747 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), 1748 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); 1749 1750 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1); 1751 1752 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent()) 1753 return false; 1754 1755 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number. 1756 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) 1757 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(), 1758 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp) 1759 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange(); 1760 1761 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it. 1762 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) { 1763 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr(); 1764 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { 1765 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) && 1766 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here"); 1767 Cast->setSubExpr(0); 1768 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg); 1769 } 1770 } 1771 1772 return false; 1773 } 1774 1775 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector. 1776 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. 1777 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1778 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) 1779 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1780 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 1781 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() 1782 << TheCall->getSourceRange()); 1783 1784 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking: 1785 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask) 1786 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask) 1787 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index) 1788 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); 1789 unsigned numElements = 0; 1790 1791 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() && 1792 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) { 1793 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); 1794 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType(); 1795 1796 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) 1797 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1798 diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector) 1799 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), 1800 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1801 1802 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1803 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2; 1804 1805 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle 1806 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the 1807 // same number of elts as lhs. 1808 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) { 1809 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() || 1810 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements) 1811 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1812 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) 1813 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), 1814 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1815 } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) { 1816 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1817 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) 1818 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), 1819 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); 1820 } else if (numElements != numResElements) { 1821 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); 1822 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements, 1823 VectorType::GenericVector); 1824 } 1825 } 1826 1827 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) { 1828 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || 1829 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) 1830 continue; 1831 1832 llvm::APSInt Result(32); 1833 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) 1834 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1835 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument) 1836 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); 1837 1838 // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR. 1839 if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue()) 1840 continue; 1841 1842 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2) 1843 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), 1844 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large) 1845 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); 1846 } 1847 1848 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs; 1849 1850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) { 1851 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i)); 1852 TheCall->setArg(i, 0); 1853 } 1854 1855 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType, 1856 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), 1857 TheCall->getRParenLoc())); 1858 } 1859 1860 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector 1861 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1862 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 1863 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1864 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 1865 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 1866 QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType(); 1867 QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); 1868 1869 if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType()) 1870 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1871 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector) 1872 << E->getSourceRange()); 1873 if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) 1874 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1875 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type)); 1876 1877 if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) { 1878 unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1879 unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 1880 if (SrcElts != DstElts) 1881 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 1882 diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector) 1883 << E->getSourceRange()); 1884 } 1885 1886 return Owned(new (Context) ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, 1887 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc)); 1888 1889 } 1890 1891 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch. 1892 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two 1893 // optional constant int args. 1894 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1895 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 1896 1897 if (NumArgs > 3) 1898 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), 1899 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) 1900 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs 1901 << TheCall->getSourceRange(); 1902 1903 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be 1904 // constant integers. 1905 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) { 1906 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i); 1907 1908 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1909 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) 1910 continue; 1911 1912 llvm::APSInt Result; 1913 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result)) 1914 return true; 1915 1916 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These 1917 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default 1918 // is 3. 1919 if (i == 1) { 1920 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1) 1921 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1922 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1923 } else { 1924 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3) 1925 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1926 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1927 } 1928 } 1929 1930 return false; 1931 } 1932 1933 /// SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch - Handle _mm_prefetch. 1934 // This is declared to take (const char*, int) 1935 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMMPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1936 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 1937 1938 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1939 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) 1940 return false; 1941 1942 llvm::APSInt Result; 1943 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 1944 return true; 1945 1946 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3) 1947 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1948 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1949 1950 return false; 1951 } 1952 1953 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr 1954 /// TheCall is a constant expression. 1955 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 1956 llvm::APSInt &Result) { 1957 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum); 1958 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); 1959 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 1960 1961 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false; 1962 1963 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) 1964 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type) 1965 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange(); 1966 1967 return false; 1968 } 1969 1970 /// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr, 1971 /// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined 1972 /// constants (0-3). 1973 // For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2. 1974 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1975 llvm::APSInt Result; 1976 1977 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. 1978 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() || 1979 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent()) 1980 return false; 1981 1982 // Check constant-ness first. 1983 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 1984 return true; 1985 1986 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 1987 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) { 1988 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) 1989 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd()); 1990 } 1991 1992 return false; 1993 } 1994 1995 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val). 1996 /// This checks that val is a constant 1. 1997 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) { 1998 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); 1999 llvm::APSInt Result; 2000 2001 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value. 2002 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) 2003 return true; 2004 2005 if (Result != 1) 2006 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val) 2007 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd()); 2008 2009 return false; 2010 } 2011 2012 namespace { 2013 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 2014 SLCT_NotALiteral, 2015 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 2016 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 2017 }; 2018 } 2019 2020 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string. 2021 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a 2022 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning. 2023 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString. 2024 static StringLiteralCheckType 2025 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2026 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 2027 unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type, 2028 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall, 2029 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2030 tryAgain: 2031 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 2032 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2033 2034 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); 2035 2036 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 2037 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case. 2038 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation 2039 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then 2040 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype. 2041 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2042 2043 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 2044 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: 2045 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 2046 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was 2047 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked. 2048 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C = 2049 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E); 2050 StringLiteralCheckType Left = 2051 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args, 2052 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2053 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2054 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral) 2055 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2056 StringLiteralCheckType Right = 2057 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args, 2058 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2059 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2060 return Left < Right ? Left : Right; 2061 } 2062 2063 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { 2064 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); 2065 goto tryAgain; 2066 } 2067 2068 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass: 2069 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) { 2070 E = src; 2071 goto tryAgain; 2072 } 2073 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2074 2075 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass: 2076 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they 2077 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security 2078 // liability. 2079 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2080 2081 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 2082 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 2083 2084 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to 2085 // const string literals. 2086 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 2087 bool isConstant = false; 2088 QualType T = DR->getType(); 2089 2090 if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 2091 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context); 2092 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2093 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) && 2094 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context); 2095 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2096 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type, 2097 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant. 2098 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context); 2099 } 2100 2101 if (isConstant) { 2102 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) { 2103 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" } 2104 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 2105 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit()) 2106 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2107 } 2108 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args, 2109 HasVAListArg, format_idx, 2110 firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2111 /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs); 2112 } 2113 } 2114 2115 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a 2116 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter 2117 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function 2118 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we 2119 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call 2120 // to a vprintf function. For example: 2121 // 2122 // void 2123 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){ 2124 // va_list ap; 2125 // va_start(ap, fmt); 2126 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt". 2127 // ... 2128 // } 2129 if (HasVAListArg) { 2130 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { 2131 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) { 2132 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1; 2133 for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { 2134 // adjust for implicit parameter 2135 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) 2136 if (MD->isInstance()) 2137 ++PVIndex; 2138 // We also check if the formats are compatible. 2139 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function. 2140 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() && 2141 Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat)) 2142 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; 2143 } 2144 } 2145 } 2146 } 2147 } 2148 2149 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2150 } 2151 2152 case Stmt::CallExprClass: 2153 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: { 2154 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E); 2155 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) { 2156 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) { 2157 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx(); 2158 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) 2159 if (MD->isInstance()) 2160 --ArgIndex; 2161 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1); 2162 2163 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, 2164 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2165 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, 2166 CheckedVarArgs); 2167 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { 2168 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); 2169 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString || 2170 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) { 2171 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0); 2172 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, 2173 HasVAListArg, format_idx, 2174 firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2175 InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); 2176 } 2177 } 2178 } 2179 2180 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2181 } 2182 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: 2183 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: { 2184 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL; 2185 2186 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E)) 2187 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString(); 2188 else 2189 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2190 2191 if (StrE) { 2192 S.CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, 2193 Type, InFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 2194 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral; 2195 } 2196 2197 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2198 } 2199 2200 default: 2201 return SLCT_NotALiteral; 2202 } 2203 } 2204 2205 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) { 2206 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName()) 2207 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf) 2208 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf) 2209 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString) 2210 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime) 2211 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon) 2212 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf) 2213 .Default(FST_Unknown); 2214 } 2215 2216 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar 2217 /// functions) for correct use of format strings. 2218 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked. 2219 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 2220 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2221 bool IsCXXMember, 2222 VariadicCallType CallType, 2223 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 2224 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2225 FormatStringInfo FSI; 2226 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI)) 2227 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx, 2228 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format), 2229 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs); 2230 return false; 2231 } 2232 2233 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2234 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 2235 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 2236 VariadicCallType CallType, 2237 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 2238 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 2239 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string. 2240 if (format_idx >= Args.size()) { 2241 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range; 2242 return false; 2243 } 2244 2245 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts(); 2246 2247 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal. 2248 // 2249 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to 2250 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings 2251 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by 2252 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of 2253 // many format string exploits. 2254 2255 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or 2256 // C string (e.g. "%d") 2257 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use 2258 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings. 2259 StringLiteralCheckType CT = 2260 checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg, 2261 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType, 2262 /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs); 2263 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral) 2264 // Literal format string found, check done! 2265 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral; 2266 2267 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument, 2268 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string. 2269 if (Type == FST_Strftime) 2270 return false; 2271 2272 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the 2273 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent 2274 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros 2275 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals. 2276 if (Type == FST_NSString && 2277 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart())) 2278 return false; 2279 2280 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise 2281 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral. 2282 if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) 2283 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), 2284 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs) 2285 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2286 else 2287 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), 2288 diag::warn_format_nonliteral) 2289 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2290 return false; 2291 } 2292 2293 namespace { 2294 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler { 2295 protected: 2296 Sema &S; 2297 const StringLiteral *FExpr; 2298 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr; 2299 const unsigned FirstDataArg; 2300 const unsigned NumDataArgs; 2301 const char *Beg; // Start of format string. 2302 const bool HasVAListArg; 2303 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args; 2304 unsigned FormatIdx; 2305 llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs; 2306 bool usesPositionalArgs; 2307 bool atFirstArg; 2308 bool inFunctionCall; 2309 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType; 2310 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs; 2311 public: 2312 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 2313 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 2314 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 2315 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2316 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 2317 Sema::VariadicCallType callType, 2318 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 2319 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), 2320 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), 2321 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), 2322 Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx), 2323 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true), 2324 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType), 2325 CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs) { 2326 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs); 2327 CoveredArgs.reset(); 2328 } 2329 2330 void DoneProcessing(); 2331 2332 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, 2333 unsigned specifierLen); 2334 2335 void HandleInvalidLengthModifier( 2336 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2337 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2338 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID); 2339 2340 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( 2341 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2342 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2343 2344 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( 2345 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2346 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2347 2348 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen); 2349 2350 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier, 2351 unsigned specifierLen, 2352 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p); 2353 2354 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen); 2355 2356 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter); 2357 2358 template <typename Range> 2359 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, 2360 const Expr *ArgumentExpr, 2361 PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2362 SourceLocation StringLoc, 2363 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, 2364 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); 2365 2366 protected: 2367 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc, 2368 const char *startSpec, 2369 unsigned specifierLen, 2370 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen); 2371 2372 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, 2373 const char *startSpec, 2374 unsigned specifierLen); 2375 2376 SourceRange getFormatStringRange(); 2377 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, 2378 unsigned specifierLen); 2379 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x); 2380 2381 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const; 2382 2383 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2384 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2385 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, 2386 unsigned argIndex); 2387 2388 template <typename Range> 2389 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc, 2390 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, 2391 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); 2392 2393 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs( 2394 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS); 2395 }; 2396 } 2397 2398 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() { 2399 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); 2400 } 2401 2402 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler:: 2403 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2404 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier); 2405 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1); 2406 2407 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges. 2408 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1); 2409 2410 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End); 2411 } 2412 2413 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) { 2414 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg); 2415 } 2416 2417 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, 2418 unsigned specifierLen){ 2419 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier), 2420 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier), 2421 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2422 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2423 } 2424 2425 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier( 2426 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2427 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2428 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) { 2429 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2430 2431 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); 2432 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); 2433 2434 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. 2435 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); 2436 if (FixedLM) { 2437 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), 2438 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2439 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2440 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2441 2442 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2443 << FixedLM->toString() 2444 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); 2445 2446 } else { 2447 FixItHint Hint; 2448 if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length) 2449 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange); 2450 2451 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), 2452 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2453 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2454 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2455 Hint); 2456 } 2457 } 2458 2459 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( 2460 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2461 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2462 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2463 2464 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); 2465 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); 2466 2467 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. 2468 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); 2469 if (FixedLM) { 2470 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2471 << LM.toString() << 0, 2472 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2473 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2474 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2475 2476 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2477 << FixedLM->toString() 2478 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); 2479 2480 } else { 2481 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2482 << LM.toString() << 0, 2483 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), 2484 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2485 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2486 } 2487 } 2488 2489 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( 2490 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2491 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { 2492 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2493 2494 // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier. 2495 Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier(); 2496 if (FixedCS) { 2497 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2498 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, 2499 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2500 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2501 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2502 2503 CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 2504 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) 2505 << FixedCS->toString() 2506 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString()); 2507 } else { 2508 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) 2509 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, 2510 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2511 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2512 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2513 } 2514 } 2515 2516 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos, 2517 unsigned posLen) { 2518 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg), 2519 getLocationOfByte(startPos), 2520 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2521 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2522 } 2523 2524 void 2525 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen, 2526 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) { 2527 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier) 2528 << (unsigned) p, 2529 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2530 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2531 } 2532 2533 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, 2534 unsigned posLen) { 2535 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier), 2536 getLocationOfByte(startPos), 2537 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2538 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); 2539 } 2540 2541 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) { 2542 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) { 2543 // The presence of a null character is likely an error. 2544 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2545 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char), 2546 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2547 getFormatStringRange()); 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building 2552 // one of the argument expressions. 2553 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const { 2554 return Args[FirstDataArg + i]; 2555 } 2556 2557 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() { 2558 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of 2559 // format conversions in the format string? 2560 if (!HasVAListArg) { 2561 // Find any arguments that weren't covered. 2562 CoveredArgs.flip(); 2563 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first(); 2564 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) { 2565 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs); 2566 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) { 2567 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart(); 2568 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) { 2569 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used), 2570 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false, 2571 getFormatStringRange()); 2572 } 2573 } 2574 } 2575 } 2576 } 2577 2578 bool 2579 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, 2580 SourceLocation Loc, 2581 const char *startSpec, 2582 unsigned specifierLen, 2583 const char *csStart, 2584 unsigned csLen) { 2585 2586 bool keepGoing = true; 2587 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 2588 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't 2589 // make sense. 2590 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 2591 } 2592 else { 2593 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we 2594 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and 2595 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing 2596 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get 2597 // gibberish when trying to match arguments. 2598 keepGoing = false; 2599 } 2600 2601 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) 2602 << StringRef(csStart, csLen), 2603 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2604 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); 2605 2606 return keepGoing; 2607 } 2608 2609 void 2610 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, 2611 const char *startSpec, 2612 unsigned specifierLen) { 2613 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2614 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args), 2615 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); 2616 } 2617 2618 bool 2619 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs( 2620 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, 2621 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, 2622 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) { 2623 2624 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { 2625 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg() 2626 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args) 2627 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs) 2628 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args); 2629 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 2630 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2631 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2632 return false; 2633 } 2634 return true; 2635 } 2636 2637 template<typename Range> 2638 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2639 SourceLocation Loc, 2640 bool IsStringLocation, 2641 Range StringRange, 2642 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { 2643 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag, 2644 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt); 2645 } 2646 2647 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note 2648 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages. 2649 /// 2650 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function 2651 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an 2652 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string. 2653 /// 2654 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string 2655 /// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two 2656 /// diagnostics are emitted. 2657 /// 2658 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the 2659 /// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits 2660 /// to diagnostics. 2661 /// 2662 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are 2663 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for 2664 /// the other one. 2665 /// 2666 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be 2667 /// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will 2668 /// be used with PDiag. 2669 /// 2670 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is 2671 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange. 2672 /// 2673 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string. 2674 template<typename Range> 2675 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, 2676 const Expr *ArgumentExpr, 2677 PartialDiagnostic PDiag, 2678 SourceLocation Loc, 2679 bool IsStringLocation, 2680 Range StringRange, 2681 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { 2682 if (InFunctionCall) { 2683 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag); 2684 D << StringRange; 2685 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); 2686 I != E; ++I) { 2687 D << *I; 2688 } 2689 } else { 2690 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag) 2691 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange(); 2692 2693 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note = 2694 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(), 2695 diag::note_format_string_defined); 2696 2697 Note << StringRange; 2698 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); 2699 I != E; ++I) { 2700 Note << *I; 2701 } 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===// 2706 2707 namespace { 2708 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { 2709 bool ObjCContext; 2710 public: 2711 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 2712 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 2713 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, 2714 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 2715 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 2716 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 2717 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, 2718 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 2719 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 2720 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, 2721 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs), 2722 ObjCContext(isObjC) 2723 {} 2724 2725 2726 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( 2727 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2728 const char *startSpecifier, 2729 unsigned specifierLen); 2730 2731 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2732 const char *startSpecifier, 2733 unsigned specifierLen); 2734 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2735 const char *StartSpecifier, 2736 unsigned SpecifierLen, 2737 const Expr *E); 2738 2739 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k, 2740 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2741 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2742 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2743 unsigned type, 2744 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2745 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2746 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2747 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2748 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2749 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, 2750 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2751 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); 2752 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, 2753 const Expr *E); 2754 2755 }; 2756 } 2757 2758 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( 2759 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2760 const char *startSpecifier, 2761 unsigned specifierLen) { 2762 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2763 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2764 2765 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), 2766 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2767 startSpecifier, specifierLen, 2768 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 2769 } 2770 2771 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount( 2772 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2773 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier, 2774 unsigned specifierLen) { 2775 2776 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) { 2777 if (!HasVAListArg) { 2778 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex(); 2779 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { 2780 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg) 2781 << k, 2782 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2783 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2784 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2785 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit 2786 // spurious errors. 2787 return false; 2788 } 2789 2790 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'. 2791 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be 2792 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also 2793 // doesn't emit a warning for that case. 2794 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 2795 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); 2796 if (!Arg) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 QualType T = Arg->getType(); 2800 2801 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context); 2802 assert(AT.isValid()); 2803 2804 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) { 2805 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type) 2806 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 2807 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(), 2808 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2809 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2810 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 2811 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit 2812 // spurious errors. 2813 return false; 2814 } 2815 } 2816 } 2817 return true; 2818 } 2819 2820 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount( 2821 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2822 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, 2823 unsigned type, 2824 const char *startSpecifier, 2825 unsigned specifierLen) { 2826 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2827 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2828 2829 FixItHint fixit = 2830 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant 2831 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), 2832 Amt.getConstantLength())) 2833 : FixItHint(); 2834 2835 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount) 2836 << type << CS.toString(), 2837 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 2838 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2839 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2840 fixit); 2841 } 2842 2843 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2844 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2845 const char *startSpecifier, 2846 unsigned specifierLen) { 2847 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal. 2848 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = 2849 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2850 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag) 2851 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(), 2852 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()), 2853 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2854 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2855 FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 2856 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1))); 2857 } 2858 2859 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag( 2860 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 2861 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, 2862 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, 2863 const char *startSpecifier, 2864 unsigned specifierLen) { 2865 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal. 2866 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag) 2867 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(), 2868 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()), 2869 /*IsStringLocation*/true, 2870 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 2871 FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 2872 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1))); 2873 } 2874 2875 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing 2876 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named 2877 // "c_str()"). 2878 template<typename MemberKind> 2879 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> 2880 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) { 2881 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2882 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results; 2883 2884 if (!RT) 2885 return Results; 2886 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2887 if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition()) 2888 return Results; 2889 2890 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(), 2891 Sema::LookupMemberName); 2892 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2893 2894 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the 2895 // filter, at this point. 2896 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl())) 2897 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 2898 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2899 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl)) 2900 Results.insert(FK); 2901 } 2902 return Results; 2903 } 2904 2905 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object. 2906 /// 2907 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't 2908 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous). 2909 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) { 2910 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; 2911 MethodSet Results = 2912 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType()); 2913 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); 2914 MI != ME; ++MI) 2915 if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0) 2916 return true; 2917 return false; 2918 } 2919 2920 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a 2921 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid. 2922 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found. 2923 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers( 2924 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) { 2925 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; 2926 2927 MethodSet Results = 2928 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType()); 2929 2930 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); 2931 MI != ME; ++MI) { 2932 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI; 2933 if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 && 2934 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) { 2935 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them. 2936 SourceLocation EndLoc = 2937 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); 2938 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str) 2939 << "c_str()" 2940 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()"); 2941 return true; 2942 } 2943 } 2944 2945 return false; 2946 } 2947 2948 bool 2949 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier 2950 &FS, 2951 const char *startSpecifier, 2952 unsigned specifierLen) { 2953 2954 using namespace analyze_format_string; 2955 using namespace analyze_printf; 2956 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 2957 2958 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 2959 if (atFirstArg) { 2960 atFirstArg = false; 2961 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); 2962 } 2963 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { 2964 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 2965 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 2966 return false; 2967 } 2968 } 2969 2970 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier 2971 // have matching data arguments. 2972 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, 2973 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { 2974 return false; 2975 } 2976 2977 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, 2978 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { 2979 return false; 2980 } 2981 2982 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) { 2983 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here 2984 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point. 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 2988 // Consume the argument. 2989 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); 2990 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 2991 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. 2992 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this 2993 // function if we encounter some other error. 2994 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 2995 } 2996 2997 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier 2998 // in a non-ObjC literal. 2999 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) { 3000 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier, 3001 specifierLen); 3002 } 3003 3004 // Check for invalid use of field width 3005 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) { 3006 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, 3007 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3008 } 3009 3010 // Check for invalid use of precision 3011 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) { 3012 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, 3013 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3014 } 3015 3016 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component. 3017 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix()) 3018 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3019 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros()) 3020 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3021 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix()) 3022 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3023 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix()) 3024 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3025 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm()) 3026 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3027 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified()) 3028 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3029 3030 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag 3031 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+' 3032 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(), 3033 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3034 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-' 3035 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(), 3036 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3037 3038 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. 3039 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) 3040 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3041 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); 3042 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) 3043 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3044 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) 3045 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3046 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); 3047 3048 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) 3049 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3050 3051 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. 3052 if (HasVAListArg) 3053 return true; 3054 3055 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) 3056 return false; 3057 3058 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); 3059 if (!Arg) 3060 return true; 3061 3062 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg); 3063 } 3064 3065 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) { 3066 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator 3067 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here. 3068 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't. 3069 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 3070 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside)) 3071 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts(); 3072 3073 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) { 3074 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: 3075 case Stmt::CallExprClass: 3076 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: 3077 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: 3078 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: 3079 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: 3080 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: 3081 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: 3082 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: 3083 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: 3084 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: 3085 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: 3086 case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass: 3087 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: 3088 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: 3089 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: 3090 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: 3091 case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass: 3092 case Stmt::ParenExprClass: 3093 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: 3094 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: 3095 return false; 3096 default: 3097 return true; 3098 } 3099 } 3100 3101 bool 3102 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, 3103 const char *StartSpecifier, 3104 unsigned SpecifierLen, 3105 const Expr *E) { 3106 using namespace analyze_format_string; 3107 using namespace analyze_printf; 3108 // Now type check the data expression that matches the 3109 // format specifier. 3110 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, 3111 ObjCContext); 3112 if (!AT.isValid()) 3113 return true; 3114 3115 QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); 3116 while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) { 3117 ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); 3118 } 3119 3120 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) 3121 return true; 3122 3123 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type. 3124 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array 3125 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a 3126 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'. 3127 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 3128 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast || 3129 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) { 3130 E = ICE->getSubExpr(); 3131 ExprTy = E->getType(); 3132 3133 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char' 3134 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs 3135 // function. 3136 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy || 3137 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) { 3138 // All further checking is done on the subexpression. 3139 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) 3140 return true; 3141 } 3142 } 3143 } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) { 3144 // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C. 3145 // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like 3146 // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists. 3147 if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy) 3148 if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue())) 3149 ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy; 3150 } 3151 3152 // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t. 3153 // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest 3154 // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier. 3155 QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy; 3156 if (ObjCContext && 3157 FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) { 3158 if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && 3159 !ExprTy->isCharType()) { 3160 // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should 3161 // prefer using the typedef if it is visible. 3162 IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy; 3163 3164 // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens 3165 // to be within the valid range. 3166 if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) { 3167 const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue(); 3168 if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy)) 3169 return true; 3170 } 3171 3172 LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(), 3173 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3174 if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) { 3175 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); 3176 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND)) 3177 if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy) 3178 IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD); 3179 } 3180 } 3181 } 3182 3183 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting 3184 // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough. 3185 bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; 3186 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 3187 // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs. 3188 QualType TyTy = IntendedTy; 3189 while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 3190 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName(); 3191 QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name) 3192 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy) 3193 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy) 3194 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy) 3195 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) 3196 .Default(QualType()); 3197 3198 if (!CastTy.isNull()) { 3199 ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true; 3200 IntendedTy = CastTy; 3201 break; 3202 } 3203 TyTy = UserTy->desugar(); 3204 } 3205 } 3206 3207 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type. 3208 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; 3209 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), 3210 S.Context, ObjCContext); 3211 3212 if (success) { 3213 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier 3214 SmallString<16> buf; 3215 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); 3216 fixedFS.toString(os); 3217 3218 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen); 3219 3220 if (IntendedTy == ExprTy) { 3221 // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match 3222 // the argument. 3223 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3224 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3225 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy 3226 << E->getSourceRange(), 3227 E->getLocStart(), 3228 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3229 SpecRange, 3230 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); 3231 3232 } else { 3233 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the 3234 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's 3235 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but 3236 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.) 3237 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to 3238 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string 3239 // if necessary). 3240 SmallString<16> CastBuf; 3241 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf); 3242 CastFix << "("; 3243 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3244 CastFix << ")"; 3245 3246 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints; 3247 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy)) 3248 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); 3249 3250 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) { 3251 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it. 3252 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc()); 3253 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str())); 3254 3255 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) { 3256 // If the expression has high enough precedence, 3257 // just write the C-style cast. 3258 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), 3259 CastFix.str())); 3260 } else { 3261 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast. 3262 CastFix << "("; 3263 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), 3264 CastFix.str())); 3265 3266 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); 3267 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")")); 3268 } 3269 3270 if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) { 3271 // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly. 3272 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show 3273 // the underlying type in the diagnostic. 3274 StringRef Name = cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy)->getDecl()->getName(); 3275 3276 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast) 3277 << Name << IntendedTy 3278 << E->getSourceRange(), 3279 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false, 3280 SpecRange, Hints); 3281 } else { 3282 // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different 3283 // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct 3284 // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message. 3285 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3286 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3287 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy 3288 << E->getSourceRange(), 3289 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3290 SpecRange, Hints); 3291 } 3292 } 3293 } else { 3294 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, 3295 SpecifierLen); 3296 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions 3297 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD 3298 // arguments here. 3299 switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) { 3300 case Sema::VAK_Valid: 3301 case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: 3302 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3303 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3304 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy 3305 << CSR 3306 << E->getSourceRange(), 3307 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3308 break; 3309 3310 case Sema::VAK_Undefined: 3311 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3312 S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string) 3313 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3314 << ExprTy 3315 << CallType 3316 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3317 << CSR 3318 << E->getSourceRange(), 3319 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3320 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E); 3321 break; 3322 3323 case Sema::VAK_Invalid: 3324 if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType()) 3325 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3326 S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format) 3327 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3328 << ExprTy 3329 << CallType 3330 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3331 << CSR 3332 << E->getSourceRange(), 3333 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); 3334 else 3335 // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces 3336 // or inserting a cast to the target type. 3337 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format) 3338 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType 3339 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) 3340 << E->getSourceRange(); 3341 break; 3342 } 3343 3344 assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() && 3345 "format string specifier index out of range"); 3346 CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true; 3347 } 3348 3349 return true; 3350 } 3351 3352 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===// 3353 3354 namespace { 3355 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { 3356 public: 3357 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, 3358 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, 3359 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, 3360 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 3361 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, 3362 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, 3363 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) 3364 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 3365 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, 3366 Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, 3367 CheckedVarArgs) 3368 {} 3369 3370 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3371 const char *startSpecifier, 3372 unsigned specifierLen); 3373 3374 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( 3375 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3376 const char *startSpecifier, 3377 unsigned specifierLen); 3378 3379 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end); 3380 }; 3381 } 3382 3383 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, 3384 const char *end) { 3385 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete), 3386 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true, 3387 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start)); 3388 } 3389 3390 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( 3391 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3392 const char *startSpecifier, 3393 unsigned specifierLen) { 3394 3395 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = 3396 FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 3397 3398 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), 3399 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 3400 startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3401 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); 3402 } 3403 3404 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier( 3405 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, 3406 const char *startSpecifier, 3407 unsigned specifierLen) { 3408 3409 using namespace analyze_scanf; 3410 using namespace analyze_format_string; 3411 3412 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); 3413 3414 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't 3415 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently. 3416 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 3417 if (atFirstArg) { 3418 atFirstArg = false; 3419 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); 3420 } 3421 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { 3422 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), 3423 startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3424 return false; 3425 } 3426 } 3427 3428 // Check if the field with is non-zero. 3429 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth(); 3430 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) { 3431 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) { 3432 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), 3433 Amt.getConstantLength()); 3434 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width), 3435 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), 3436 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R, 3437 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R)); 3438 } 3439 } 3440 3441 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) { 3442 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here 3443 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point. 3444 return true; 3445 } 3446 3447 // Consume the argument. 3448 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); 3449 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { 3450 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. 3451 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this 3452 // function if we encounter some other error. 3453 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); 3454 } 3455 3456 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. 3457 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) 3458 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3459 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); 3460 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) 3461 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3462 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) 3463 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, 3464 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); 3465 3466 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) 3467 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); 3468 3469 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. 3470 if (HasVAListArg) 3471 return true; 3472 3473 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) 3474 return false; 3475 3476 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier. 3477 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex); 3478 if (!Ex) 3479 return true; 3480 3481 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context); 3482 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) { 3483 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; 3484 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(), 3485 S.Context); 3486 3487 if (success) { 3488 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier. 3489 SmallString<128> buf; 3490 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); 3491 fixedFS.toString(os); 3492 3493 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3494 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3495 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() 3496 << Ex->getSourceRange(), 3497 Ex->getLocStart(), 3498 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3499 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 3500 FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 3501 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), 3502 os.str())); 3503 } else { 3504 EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3505 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) 3506 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() 3507 << Ex->getSourceRange(), 3508 Ex->getLocStart(), 3509 /*IsStringLocation*/false, 3510 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); 3511 } 3512 } 3513 3514 return true; 3515 } 3516 3517 void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, 3518 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 3519 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 3520 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 3521 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 3522 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType, 3523 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { 3524 3525 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal? 3526 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) { 3527 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3528 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3529 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(), 3530 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3531 return; 3532 } 3533 3534 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated! 3535 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString(); 3536 const char *Str = StrRef.data(); 3537 // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration. 3538 const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType()); 3539 assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!"); 3540 size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3541 size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size()); 3542 const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg; 3543 3544 // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an 3545 // embedded null character. 3546 if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() && 3547 StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) { 3548 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3549 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3550 PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated), 3551 FExpr->getLocStart(), 3552 /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3553 return; 3554 } 3555 3556 // CHECK: empty format string? 3557 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) { 3558 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( 3559 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], 3560 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(), 3561 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); 3562 return; 3563 } 3564 3565 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) { 3566 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, 3567 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString), 3568 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, 3569 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 3570 3571 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, 3572 getLangOpts(), 3573 Context.getTargetInfo())) 3574 H.DoneProcessing(); 3575 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) { 3576 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs, 3577 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, 3578 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); 3579 3580 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, 3581 getLangOpts(), 3582 Context.getTargetInfo())) 3583 H.DoneProcessing(); 3584 } // TODO: handle other formats 3585 } 3586 3587 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===// 3588 3589 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one 3590 // does not exist. 3591 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) { 3592 switch (AbsFunction) { 3593 default: 3594 return 0; 3595 3596 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3597 return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs; 3598 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3599 return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs; 3600 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3601 return 0; 3602 3603 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3604 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs; 3605 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3606 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl; 3607 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3608 return 0; 3609 3610 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3611 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs; 3612 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3613 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl; 3614 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3615 return 0; 3616 3617 case Builtin::BIabs: 3618 return Builtin::BIlabs; 3619 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3620 return Builtin::BIllabs; 3621 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3622 return 0; 3623 3624 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3625 return Builtin::BIfabs; 3626 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3627 return Builtin::BIfabsl; 3628 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3629 return 0; 3630 3631 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3632 return Builtin::BIcabs; 3633 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3634 return Builtin::BIcabsl; 3635 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3636 return 0; 3637 } 3638 } 3639 3640 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function. 3641 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context, 3642 unsigned AbsType) { 3643 if (AbsType == 0) 3644 return QualType(); 3645 3646 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None; 3647 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error); 3648 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) 3649 return QualType(); 3650 3651 const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3652 if (!FT) 3653 return QualType(); 3654 3655 if (FT->getNumParams() != 1) 3656 return QualType(); 3657 3658 return FT->getParamType(0); 3659 } 3660 3661 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and 3662 // current absolute value function. 3663 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType, 3664 unsigned AbsFunctionKind) { 3665 unsigned BestKind = 0; 3666 uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType); 3667 for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0; 3668 Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) { 3669 QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind); 3670 if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) { 3671 if (BestKind == 0) 3672 BestKind = Kind; 3673 else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) { 3674 BestKind = Kind; 3675 break; 3676 } 3677 } 3678 } 3679 return BestKind; 3680 } 3681 3682 enum AbsoluteValueKind { 3683 AVK_Integer, 3684 AVK_Floating, 3685 AVK_Complex 3686 }; 3687 3688 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) { 3689 if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 3690 return AVK_Integer; 3691 if (T->isRealFloatingType()) 3692 return AVK_Floating; 3693 if (T->isAnyComplexType()) 3694 return AVK_Complex; 3695 3696 llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex"); 3697 } 3698 3699 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type. Preserves whether 3700 // the function is a builtin. 3701 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind, 3702 AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) { 3703 switch (ValueKind) { 3704 case AVK_Integer: 3705 switch (AbsKind) { 3706 default: 3707 return 0; 3708 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3709 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3710 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3711 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3712 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3713 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3714 return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs; 3715 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3716 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3717 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3718 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3719 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3720 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3721 return Builtin::BIabs; 3722 } 3723 case AVK_Floating: 3724 switch (AbsKind) { 3725 default: 3726 return 0; 3727 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3728 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3729 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3730 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3731 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3732 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3733 return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf; 3734 case Builtin::BIabs: 3735 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3736 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3737 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3738 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3739 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3740 return Builtin::BIfabsf; 3741 } 3742 case AVK_Complex: 3743 switch (AbsKind) { 3744 default: 3745 return 0; 3746 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3747 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3748 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3749 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3750 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3751 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3752 return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf; 3753 case Builtin::BIabs: 3754 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3755 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3756 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3757 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3758 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3759 return Builtin::BIcabsf; 3760 } 3761 } 3762 llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function"); 3763 } 3764 3765 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) { 3766 const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); 3767 if (!FnInfo) 3768 return 0; 3769 3770 switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { 3771 default: 3772 return 0; 3773 case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: 3774 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: 3775 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: 3776 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: 3777 case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: 3778 case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: 3779 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: 3780 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: 3781 case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: 3782 case Builtin::BIabs: 3783 case Builtin::BIlabs: 3784 case Builtin::BIllabs: 3785 case Builtin::BIfabs: 3786 case Builtin::BIfabsf: 3787 case Builtin::BIfabsl: 3788 case Builtin::BIcabs: 3789 case Builtin::BIcabsf: 3790 case Builtin::BIcabsl: 3791 return FDecl->getBuiltinID(); 3792 } 3793 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type"); 3794 } 3795 3796 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function. 3797 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included. 3798 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 3799 unsigned AbsKind) { 3800 std::string AbsName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); 3801 3802 // Look up absolute value function in TU scope. 3803 DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(AbsName)); 3804 LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName); 3805 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 3806 S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope); 3807 3808 // Skip notes if multiple results found in lookup. 3809 if (!R.empty() && !R.isSingleResult()) 3810 return; 3811 3812 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 3813 bool FoundFunction = R.isSingleResult(); 3814 // When one result is found, see if it is the correct function. 3815 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 3816 FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); 3817 if (!FD || FD->getBuiltinID() != AbsKind) 3818 return; 3819 } 3820 3821 // Look for local name conflict, prepend "::" as necessary. 3822 R.clear(); 3823 S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope()); 3824 3825 if (!FoundFunction) { 3826 if (!R.empty()) { 3827 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3828 } 3829 } else { // FoundFunction 3830 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 3831 if (R.getFoundDecl() != FD) { 3832 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3833 } 3834 } else if (!R.empty()) { 3835 AbsName = "::" + AbsName; 3836 } 3837 } 3838 3839 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function) 3840 << AbsName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, AbsName); 3841 3842 if (!FoundFunction) { 3843 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 3844 << S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind) 3845 << S.Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); 3846 } 3847 } 3848 3849 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function. 3850 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, 3851 const FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3852 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) { 3853 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) 3854 return; 3855 3856 unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl); 3857 if (AbsKind == 0) 3858 return; 3859 3860 QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(); 3861 QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType(); 3862 3863 // Unsigned types can not be negative. Suggest to drop the absolute value 3864 // function. 3865 if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { 3866 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType; 3867 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs) 3868 << FDecl 3869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 3870 return; 3871 } 3872 3873 AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType); 3874 AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType); 3875 3876 // The argument and parameter are the same kind. Check if they are the right 3877 // size. 3878 if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) { 3879 if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) 3880 return; 3881 3882 unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind); 3883 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small) 3884 << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType; 3885 3886 if (NewAbsKind == 0) 3887 return; 3888 3889 emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), 3890 Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind); 3891 return; 3892 } 3893 3894 // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind 3895 // The wrong type of absolute value function was used. Attempt to find the 3896 // proper one. 3897 unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind); 3898 NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind); 3899 if (NewAbsKind == 0) 3900 return; 3901 3902 Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type) 3903 << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind; 3904 3905 emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), 3906 Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind); 3907 return; 3908 } 3909 3910 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===// 3911 3912 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions 3913 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison. 3914 /// 3915 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`. 3916 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E, 3917 IdentifierInfo *FnName, 3918 SourceLocation FnLoc, 3919 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 3920 const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 3921 if (!Size) 3922 return false; 3923 3924 // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||: 3925 if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp()) 3926 return false; 3927 3928 Preprocessor &PP = S.getPreprocessor(); 3929 SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange(); 3930 S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison) 3931 << SizeRange << FnName; 3932 S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::warn_memsize_comparison_paren_note) 3933 << FnName 3934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3935 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), 3936 ")") 3937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 3938 S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison_cast_note) 3939 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(") 3940 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3941 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()), ")"); 3942 3943 return true; 3944 } 3945 3946 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g., 3947 /// whether it has a vtable). 3948 static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) { 3949 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3950 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition()) 3951 if (Definition->isDynamicClass()) 3952 return true; 3953 3954 return false; 3955 } 3956 3957 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression, 3958 /// otherwise returns NULL. 3959 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) { 3960 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = 3961 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) 3962 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType()) 3963 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 3964 3965 return 0; 3966 } 3967 3968 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type. 3969 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) { 3970 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = 3971 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) 3972 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf) 3973 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument(); 3974 3975 return QualType(); 3976 } 3977 3978 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset(). 3979 /// 3980 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified 3981 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp' 3982 /// function calls. 3983 /// 3984 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose. 3985 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 3986 unsigned BId, 3987 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 3988 assert(BId != 0); 3989 3990 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate 3991 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking. 3992 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3); 3993 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs) 3994 return; 3995 3996 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || 3997 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); 3998 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); 3999 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4000 4001 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName, 4002 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) 4003 return; 4004 4005 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression. 4006 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr); 4007 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr); 4008 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID; 4009 4010 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) { 4011 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4012 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange(); 4013 4014 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType(); 4015 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4016 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType(); 4017 4018 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress 4019 // false positives. 4020 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) 4021 continue; 4022 4023 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by 4024 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the 4025 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is 4026 // enabled. 4027 if (SizeOfArg && 4028 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, 4029 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) { 4030 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and 4031 // cache the sizeof arg's ID. 4032 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID()) 4033 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true); 4034 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID; 4035 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true); 4036 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) { 4037 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst) 4038 // over sizeof(src) as well. 4039 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing. 4040 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName(); 4041 4042 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest)) 4043 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) 4044 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it. 4045 if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() && 4046 (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())) 4047 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char), 4048 // suggest an explicit length. 4049 4050 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro 4051 // expansion. 4052 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc(); 4053 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange(); 4054 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange(); 4055 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager(); 4056 4057 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { 4058 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts); 4059 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); 4060 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()), 4061 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd())); 4062 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()), 4063 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd())); 4064 } 4065 4066 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, 4067 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess) 4068 << ReadableName 4069 << PointeeTy 4070 << DestTy 4071 << DSR 4072 << SSR); 4073 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, 4074 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note) 4075 << ActionIdx 4076 << SSR); 4077 4078 break; 4079 } 4080 } 4081 4082 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same 4083 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined 4084 // record type. 4085 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) { 4086 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() && 4087 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) { 4088 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4089 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess) 4090 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx 4091 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange() 4092 << LenExpr->getSourceRange()); 4093 break; 4094 } 4095 } 4096 4097 // Always complain about dynamic classes. 4098 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) { 4099 4100 unsigned OperationType = 0; 4101 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call 4102 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call. 4103 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) { 4104 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy) 4105 OperationType = 1; 4106 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove) 4107 OperationType = 2; 4108 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) 4109 OperationType = 3; 4110 } 4111 4112 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4113 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4114 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess) 4115 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx) 4116 << FnName << PointeeTy 4117 << OperationType 4118 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 4119 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 4120 BId != Builtin::BImemset) 4121 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4122 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4123 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess) 4124 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy 4125 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); 4126 else 4127 continue; 4128 4129 DiagRuntimeBehavior( 4130 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, 4131 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence) 4132 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)")); 4133 break; 4134 } 4135 } 4136 } 4137 4138 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals. 4139 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because 4140 // we don't want to remove sizeof(). 4141 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) { 4142 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4143 4144 for (;;) { 4145 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex); 4146 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp()) 4147 break; 4148 4149 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4150 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4151 4152 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS)) 4153 Ex = LHS; 4154 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS)) 4155 Ex = RHS; 4156 else 4157 break; 4158 } 4159 4160 return Ex; 4161 } 4162 4163 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty, 4164 ASTContext &Context) { 4165 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members. 4166 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4167 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1. 4168 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1) 4169 return false; 4170 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 4171 return false; 4172 } 4173 return true; 4174 } 4175 4176 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat 4177 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination. 4178 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 4179 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 4180 4181 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments 4182 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3) 4183 return; 4184 4185 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context); 4186 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context); 4187 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL; 4188 4189 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName, 4190 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) 4191 return; 4192 4193 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))' 4194 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg)) 4195 CompareWithSrc = Ex; 4196 else { 4197 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))' 4198 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) { 4199 if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen && 4200 SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1) 4201 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context); 4202 } 4203 } 4204 4205 if (!CompareWithSrc) 4206 return; 4207 4208 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source 4209 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do 4210 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with 4211 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique: 4212 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg); 4213 if (!SrcArgDRE) 4214 return; 4215 4216 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc); 4217 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE || 4218 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl()) 4219 return; 4220 4221 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2); 4222 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size) 4223 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName; 4224 4225 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a 4226 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some 4227 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2' 4228 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'. 4229 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4230 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context)) 4231 return; 4232 4233 SmallString<128> sizeString; 4234 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); 4235 OS << "sizeof("; 4236 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4237 OS << ")"; 4238 4239 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size) 4240 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(), 4241 OS.str()); 4242 } 4243 4244 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration. 4245 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) { 4246 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1)) 4247 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2)) 4248 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl(); 4249 return false; 4250 } 4251 4252 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) { 4253 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 4254 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); 4255 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen) 4256 return 0; 4257 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4258 } 4259 return 0; 4260 } 4261 4262 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat. 4263 // The correct size argument should look like following: 4264 // strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1); 4265 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE, 4266 IdentifierInfo *FnName) { 4267 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments. 4268 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3) 4269 return; 4270 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4271 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4272 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4273 4274 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(), 4275 CE->getRParenLoc())) 4276 return; 4277 4278 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument 4279 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows. 4280 unsigned PatternType = 0; 4281 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) { 4282 // - sizeof(dst) 4283 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg)) 4284 PatternType = 1; 4285 // - sizeof(src) 4286 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg)) 4287 PatternType = 2; 4288 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) { 4289 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { 4290 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4291 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4292 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst) 4293 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) && 4294 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R))) 4295 PatternType = 1; 4296 // - sizeof(src) - (anything) 4297 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L))) 4298 PatternType = 2; 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 if (PatternType == 0) 4303 return; 4304 4305 // Generate the diagnostic. 4306 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart(); 4307 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange(); 4308 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager(); 4309 4310 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion. 4311 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { 4312 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); 4313 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()), 4314 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd())); 4315 } 4316 4317 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array). 4318 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType(); 4319 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy, 4320 Context); 4321 if (!isKnownSizeArray) { 4322 if (PatternType == 1) 4323 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR; 4324 else 4325 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; 4326 return; 4327 } 4328 4329 if (PatternType == 1) 4330 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR; 4331 else 4332 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; 4333 4334 SmallString<128> sizeString; 4335 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); 4336 OS << "sizeof("; 4337 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4338 OS << ") - "; 4339 OS << "strlen("; 4340 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 4341 OS << ") - 1"; 4342 4343 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size) 4344 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str()); 4345 } 4346 4347 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===// 4348 4349 static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4350 Decl *ParentDecl); 4351 static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4352 Decl *ParentDecl); 4353 4354 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address 4355 /// of a stack variable. 4356 static void 4357 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 4358 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) { 4359 4360 Expr *stackE = 0; 4361 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars; 4362 4363 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks, 4364 // label addresses or references to temporaries. 4365 if (lhsType->isPointerType() || 4366 (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) { 4367 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0); 4368 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) { 4369 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0); 4370 } 4371 4372 if (stackE == 0) 4373 return; // Nothing suspicious was found. 4374 4375 SourceLocation diagLoc; 4376 SourceRange diagRange; 4377 if (refVars.empty()) { 4378 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart(); 4379 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange(); 4380 } else { 4381 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the 4382 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing 4383 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of 4384 // reference variables using notes. 4385 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart(); 4386 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange(); 4387 } 4388 4389 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var. 4390 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref 4391 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr) 4392 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange; 4393 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block. 4394 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange; 4395 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label. 4396 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange; 4397 } else { // local temporary. 4398 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref 4399 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr) 4400 << diagRange; 4401 } 4402 4403 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we 4404 // found the problematic expression using notes. 4405 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4406 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl()); 4407 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next 4408 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case 4409 // show the range of the expression. 4410 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange() 4411 : stackE->getSourceRange(); 4412 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind) 4413 << VD->getDeclName() << range; 4414 } 4415 } 4416 4417 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that 4418 /// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address 4419 /// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a 4420 /// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the 4421 /// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we 4422 /// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the 4423 /// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to 4424 /// a problematic expression based on such local checking. 4425 /// 4426 /// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate 4427 /// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the 4428 /// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was. 4429 /// 4430 /// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as 4431 /// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values. 4432 /// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic 4433 /// expressions. 4434 /// 4435 /// This implementation handles: 4436 /// 4437 /// * pointer-to-pointer casts 4438 /// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers 4439 /// * taking the address of fields 4440 /// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators 4441 /// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable 4442 /// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack 4443 static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4444 Decl *ParentDecl) { 4445 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 4446 return NULL; 4447 4448 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions. 4449 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() || 4450 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() || 4451 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && 4452 "EvalAddr only works on pointers"); 4453 4454 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4455 4456 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently 4457 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling 4458 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. 4459 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 4460 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 4461 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 4462 4463 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. 4464 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) 4465 return 0; 4466 4467 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) 4468 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that 4469 // it points to. 4470 if (V->hasLocalStorage() && 4471 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) { 4472 // Add the reference variable to the "trail". 4473 refVars.push_back(DR); 4474 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4475 } 4476 4477 return NULL; 4478 } 4479 4480 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 4481 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here 4482 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers. 4483 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 4484 4485 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) 4486 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4487 else 4488 return NULL; 4489 } 4490 4491 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { 4492 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid 4493 // in this context. 4494 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 4495 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode(); 4496 4497 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub) 4498 return NULL; 4499 4500 Expr *Base = B->getLHS(); 4501 4502 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be 4503 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS. 4504 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS(); 4505 4506 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType()); 4507 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl); 4508 } 4509 4510 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are 4511 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it. 4512 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 4513 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 4514 4515 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. 4516 // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here. 4517 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { 4518 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4519 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4520 if (Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) 4521 return LHS; 4522 } 4523 4524 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4525 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) 4526 return 0; 4527 4528 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4529 } 4530 4531 case Stmt::BlockExprClass: 4532 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) 4533 return E; // local block. 4534 return NULL; 4535 4536 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass: 4537 return E; // address of label. 4538 4539 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: 4540 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars, 4541 ParentDecl); 4542 4543 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to 4544 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions. 4545 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: 4546 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass: 4547 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: 4548 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: 4549 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass: 4550 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: 4551 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass: 4552 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: { 4553 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); 4554 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) { 4555 case CK_BitCast: 4556 case CK_LValueToRValue: 4557 case CK_NoOp: 4558 case CK_BaseToDerived: 4559 case CK_DerivedToBase: 4560 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: 4561 case CK_Dynamic: 4562 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: 4563 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: 4564 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: 4565 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); 4566 4567 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: 4568 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); 4569 4570 default: 4571 return 0; 4572 } 4573 } 4574 4575 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: 4576 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr( 4577 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), 4578 refVars, ParentDecl)) 4579 return Result; 4580 4581 return E; 4582 4583 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. 4584 default: 4585 return NULL; 4586 } 4587 } 4588 4589 4590 /// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion. 4591 /// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details. 4592 static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, 4593 Decl *ParentDecl) { 4594 do { 4595 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or 4596 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead 4597 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type). 4598 4599 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently 4600 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling 4601 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. 4602 4603 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4604 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 4605 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { 4606 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); 4607 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) { 4608 E = IE->getSubExpr(); 4609 continue; 4610 } 4611 return NULL; 4612 } 4613 4614 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: 4615 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl); 4616 4617 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 4618 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a 4619 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has 4620 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression. 4621 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 4622 4623 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. 4624 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) 4625 return 0; 4626 4627 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { 4628 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;". 4629 if (V == ParentDecl) 4630 return DR; 4631 4632 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) { 4633 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType()) 4634 return DR; 4635 4636 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that 4637 // it points to. 4638 if (V->hasInit()) { 4639 // Add the reference variable to the "trail". 4640 refVars.push_back(DR); 4641 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V); 4642 } 4643 } 4644 } 4645 4646 return NULL; 4647 } 4648 4649 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 4650 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here 4651 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes 4652 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator. 4653 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 4654 4655 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 4656 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4657 4658 return NULL; 4659 } 4660 4661 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 4662 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We 4663 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed 4664 // has local storage. 4665 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl); 4666 } 4667 4668 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 4669 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are 4670 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it. 4671 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 4672 4673 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. 4674 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { 4675 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4676 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4677 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) 4678 return LHS; 4679 } 4680 4681 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. 4682 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) 4683 return 0; 4684 4685 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4686 } 4687 4688 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack. 4689 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: { 4690 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E); 4691 4692 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses. 4693 if (M->isArrow()) 4694 return NULL; 4695 4696 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case 4697 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to. 4698 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) 4699 return NULL; 4700 4701 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl); 4702 } 4703 4704 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: 4705 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal( 4706 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), 4707 refVars, ParentDecl)) 4708 return Result; 4709 4710 return E; 4711 4712 default: 4713 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a 4714 // temporary. This is only useful in C++. 4715 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue()) 4716 return E; 4717 4718 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. 4719 return NULL; 4720 } 4721 } while (true); 4722 } 4723 4724 void 4725 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 4726 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 4727 bool isObjCMethod, 4728 const AttrVec *Attrs, 4729 const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4730 CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc); 4731 4732 // Check if the return value is null but should not be. 4733 if (Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs) && 4734 CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) 4735 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret) 4736 << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange(); 4737 4738 // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: 4739 // If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing 4740 // exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return 4741 // a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate 4742 // storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...] 4743 if (FD) { 4744 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); 4745 if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) { 4746 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 4747 = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4748 if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) && 4749 CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) 4750 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null) 4751 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 4752 } 4753 } 4754 } 4755 4756 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===// 4757 4758 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 4759 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely 4760 /// to do what the programmer intended. 4761 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) { 4762 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4763 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4764 4765 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK). 4766 // Do not emit warnings for such cases. 4767 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) 4768 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) 4769 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) 4770 return; 4771 4772 4773 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly 4774 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This 4775 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to 4776 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can 4777 // lead to false negatives. 4778 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) { 4779 if (FLL->isExact()) 4780 return; 4781 } else 4782 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen)) 4783 if (FLR->isExact()) 4784 return; 4785 4786 // Check for comparisons with builtin types. 4787 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) 4788 if (CL->getBuiltinCallee()) 4789 return; 4790 4791 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) 4792 if (CR->getBuiltinCallee()) 4793 return; 4794 4795 // Emit the diagnostic. 4796 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq) 4797 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 4798 } 4799 4800 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===// 4801 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===// 4802 4803 namespace { 4804 4805 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued 4806 /// expression. 4807 struct IntRange { 4808 /// The number of bits active in the int. 4809 unsigned Width; 4810 4811 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values. 4812 bool NonNegative; 4813 4814 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative) 4815 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative) 4816 {} 4817 4818 /// Returns the range of the bool type. 4819 static IntRange forBoolType() { 4820 return IntRange(1, true); 4821 } 4822 4823 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type. 4824 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { 4825 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C, 4826 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr()); 4827 } 4828 4829 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type. 4830 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { 4831 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4832 4833 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) 4834 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4835 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) 4836 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4837 4838 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators. 4839 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) { 4840 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4841 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition()) 4842 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false); 4843 4844 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits(); 4845 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits(); 4846 4847 if (NumNegative == 0) 4848 return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/); 4849 else 4850 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative), 4851 false/*NonNegative*/); 4852 } 4853 4854 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); 4855 assert(BT->isInteger()); 4856 4857 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); 4858 } 4859 4860 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e. 4861 /// the range of values expressible in the type. 4862 /// 4863 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the 4864 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators. 4865 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { 4866 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4867 4868 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) 4869 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4870 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) 4871 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 4872 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 4873 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr(); 4874 4875 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); 4876 assert(BT->isInteger()); 4877 4878 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); 4879 } 4880 4881 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge. 4882 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) { 4883 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width), 4884 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); 4885 } 4886 4887 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge. 4888 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) { 4889 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width), 4890 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative); 4891 } 4892 }; 4893 4894 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, 4895 unsigned MaxWidth) { 4896 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative()) 4897 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false); 4898 4899 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth) 4900 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth); 4901 4902 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering 4903 // signedness. 4904 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true); 4905 } 4906 4907 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty, 4908 unsigned MaxWidth) { 4909 if (result.isInt()) 4910 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth); 4911 4912 if (result.isVector()) { 4913 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth); 4914 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) { 4915 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth); 4916 R = IntRange::join(R, El); 4917 } 4918 return R; 4919 } 4920 4921 if (result.isComplexInt()) { 4922 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth); 4923 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth); 4924 return IntRange::join(R, I); 4925 } 4926 4927 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues. 4928 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits. 4929 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get 4930 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue 4931 // preserved this. 4932 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff()); 4933 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 4934 } 4935 4936 static QualType GetExprType(Expr *E) { 4937 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 4938 if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>()) 4939 Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType(); 4940 return Ty; 4941 } 4942 4943 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the 4944 /// range of values it might take. 4945 /// 4946 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated 4947 static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) { 4948 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 4949 4950 // Try a full evaluation first. 4951 Expr::EvalResult result; 4952 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C)) 4953 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth); 4954 4955 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the 4956 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as 4957 // being of the new, wider type. 4958 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 4959 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 4960 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); 4961 4962 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE)); 4963 4964 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast); 4965 4966 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type. 4967 if (!isIntegerCast) 4968 return OutputTypeRange; 4969 4970 IntRange SubRange 4971 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), 4972 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width)); 4973 4974 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type. 4975 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width) 4976 return OutputTypeRange; 4977 4978 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if 4979 // either the output type or the subexpr is. 4980 return IntRange(SubRange.Width, 4981 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative); 4982 } 4983 4984 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 4985 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand. 4986 bool CondResult; 4987 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C)) 4988 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr() 4989 : CO->getFalseExpr(), 4990 MaxWidth); 4991 4992 // Otherwise, conservatively merge. 4993 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth); 4994 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth); 4995 return IntRange::join(L, R); 4996 } 4997 4998 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 4999 switch (BO->getOpcode()) { 5000 5001 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive. 5002 case BO_LAnd: 5003 case BO_LOr: 5004 case BO_LT: 5005 case BO_GT: 5006 case BO_LE: 5007 case BO_GE: 5008 case BO_EQ: 5009 case BO_NE: 5010 return IntRange::forBoolType(); 5011 5012 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS 5013 // is not necessarily the same type. 5014 case BO_MulAssign: 5015 case BO_DivAssign: 5016 case BO_RemAssign: 5017 case BO_AddAssign: 5018 case BO_SubAssign: 5019 case BO_XorAssign: 5020 case BO_OrAssign: 5021 // TODO: bitfields? 5022 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5023 5024 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have 5025 // been coerced to the LHS type. 5026 case BO_Assign: 5027 // TODO: bitfields? 5028 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5029 5030 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. 5031 case BO_PtrMemD: 5032 case BO_PtrMemI: 5033 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5034 5035 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges. 5036 case BO_And: 5037 case BO_AndAssign: 5038 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth), 5039 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth)); 5040 5041 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call. 5042 case BO_Shl: 5043 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically 5044 // positive. It's an important idiom. 5045 if (IntegerLiteral *I 5046 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { 5047 if (I->getValue() == 1) { 5048 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5049 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true); 5050 } 5051 } 5052 // fallthrough 5053 5054 case BO_ShlAssign: 5055 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5056 5057 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument. 5058 case BO_Shr: 5059 case BO_ShrAssign: { 5060 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); 5061 5062 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by 5063 // that much. 5064 llvm::APSInt shift; 5065 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) && 5066 shift.isNonNegative()) { 5067 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue(); 5068 if (zext >= L.Width) 5069 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); 5070 else 5071 L.Width -= zext; 5072 } 5073 5074 return L; 5075 } 5076 5077 // Comma acts as its right operand. 5078 case BO_Comma: 5079 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5080 5081 // Black-list pointer subtractions. 5082 case BO_Sub: 5083 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) 5084 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5085 break; 5086 5087 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size 5088 // of the LHS. 5089 case BO_Div: { 5090 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. 5091 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); 5092 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); 5093 5094 // If the divisor is constant, use that. 5095 llvm::APSInt divisor; 5096 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) { 5097 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor)) 5098 if (log2 >= L.Width) 5099 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); 5100 else 5101 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth); 5102 return L; 5103 } 5104 5105 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width. 5106 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); 5107 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); 5108 } 5109 5110 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of 5111 // either side. 5112 case BO_Rem: { 5113 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. 5114 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); 5115 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); 5116 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); 5117 5118 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R); 5119 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth); 5120 return meet; 5121 } 5122 5123 // The default behavior is okay for these. 5124 case BO_Mul: 5125 case BO_Add: 5126 case BO_Xor: 5127 case BO_Or: 5128 break; 5129 } 5130 5131 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed 5132 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands. 5133 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); 5134 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); 5135 return IntRange::join(L, R); 5136 } 5137 5138 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 5139 switch (UO->getOpcode()) { 5140 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed. 5141 case UO_LNot: 5142 return IntRange::forBoolType(); 5143 5144 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. 5145 case UO_Deref: 5146 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible 5147 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5148 5149 default: 5150 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); 5151 } 5152 } 5153 5154 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) 5155 return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth); 5156 5157 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getSourceBitField()) 5158 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C), 5159 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 5160 5161 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); 5162 } 5163 5164 static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) { 5165 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E))); 5166 } 5167 5168 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given 5169 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the 5170 /// target semantics. 5171 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value, 5172 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, 5173 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { 5174 llvm::APFloat truncated = value; 5175 5176 bool ignored; 5177 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); 5178 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); 5179 5180 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value); 5181 } 5182 5183 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given 5184 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the 5185 /// target semantics. 5186 /// 5187 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number). 5188 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value, 5189 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, 5190 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { 5191 if (value.isFloat()) 5192 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt); 5193 5194 if (value.isVector()) { 5195 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) 5196 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt)) 5197 return false; 5198 return true; 5199 } 5200 5201 assert(value.isComplexFloat()); 5202 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) && 5203 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt)); 5204 } 5205 5206 static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); 5207 5208 static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 5209 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant. 5210 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = 5211 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 5212 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl())) 5213 return false; 5214 5215 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro. 5216 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID()) 5217 return false; 5218 5219 llvm::APSInt Value; 5220 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0; 5221 } 5222 5223 static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) { 5224 // Strip off implicit integral promotions. 5225 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 5226 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast && 5227 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp) 5228 break; 5229 E = ICE->getSubExpr(); 5230 } 5231 5232 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType(); 5233 } 5234 5235 static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5236 // Disable warning in template instantiations. 5237 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5238 return; 5239 5240 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); 5241 if (E->isValueDependent()) 5242 return; 5243 5244 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { 5245 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) 5246 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) 5247 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5248 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { 5249 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) 5250 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) 5251 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5252 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { 5253 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) 5254 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) 5255 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5256 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { 5257 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) 5258 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) 5259 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); 5260 } 5261 } 5262 5263 static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, 5264 Expr *Constant, Expr *Other, 5265 llvm::APSInt Value, 5266 bool RhsConstant) { 5267 // Disable warning in template instantiations. 5268 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5269 return; 5270 5271 // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(). 5272 if (Value == 0) 5273 return; 5274 5275 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); 5276 QualType OtherT = Other->getType(); 5277 QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType(); 5278 QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType(); 5279 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT)) 5280 return; 5281 assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) 5282 && "comparison with non-integer type"); 5283 5284 bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType(); 5285 bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType(); 5286 5287 bool EqualityOnly = false; 5288 5289 // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds on 5290 // on the bit ranges. 5291 IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT); 5292 unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width; 5293 5294 if (CommonSigned) { 5295 // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion. 5296 if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) { 5297 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. 5298 if (ConstantSigned) { 5299 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits()) 5300 return; 5301 } else { // !ConstantSigned 5302 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1) 5303 return; 5304 } 5305 } else { // !OtherSigned 5306 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. 5307 // Negative values are out of range. 5308 if (ConstantSigned) { 5309 if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5310 return; 5311 } else { // !ConstantSigned 5312 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5313 return; 5314 } 5315 } 5316 } else { // !CommonSigned 5317 if (OtherRange.NonNegative) { 5318 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) 5319 return; 5320 } else if (!OtherRange.NonNegative && !ConstantSigned) { 5321 // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT. 5322 if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits()) 5323 return; 5324 // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value 5325 // cast to CommonT. 5326 if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) == S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) && 5327 Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth) 5328 return; 5329 // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent after 5330 // conversion. Relational comparison still works, but equality 5331 // comparisons will be tautological. 5332 EqualityOnly = true; 5333 } else { // OtherSigned && ConstantSigned 5334 assert(0 && "Two signed types converted to unsigned types."); 5335 } 5336 } 5337 5338 bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative(); 5339 5340 bool IsTrue = true; 5341 if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) { 5342 IsTrue = op == BO_NE; 5343 } else if (EqualityOnly) { 5344 return; 5345 } else if (RhsConstant) { 5346 if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE) 5347 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; 5348 else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE 5349 IsTrue = PositiveConstant; 5350 } else { 5351 if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE) 5352 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; 5353 else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE 5354 IsTrue = PositiveConstant; 5355 } 5356 5357 // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that 5358 // constant in the diagnostic. 5359 const EnumConstantDecl *ED = 0; 5360 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant)) 5361 ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()); 5362 5363 SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue; 5364 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue); 5365 if (ED) 5366 OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")"; 5367 else 5368 OS << Value; 5369 5370 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E, 5371 S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare) 5372 << OS.str() << OtherT << IsTrue 5373 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() 5374 << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange()); 5375 } 5376 5377 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the 5378 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison. 5379 static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5380 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5381 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5382 } 5383 5384 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare. 5385 /// 5386 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings 5387 static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5388 // The type the comparison is being performed in. 5389 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType(); 5390 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()) 5391 && "comparison with mismatched types"); 5392 if (E->isValueDependent()) 5393 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5394 5395 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5396 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5397 5398 bool IsComparisonConstant = false; 5399 5400 // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value 5401 // of 'true' or 'false'. 5402 if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { 5403 llvm::APSInt RHSValue; 5404 bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral = 5405 RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context); 5406 llvm::APSInt LHSValue; 5407 bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral = 5408 LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context); 5409 if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral) 5410 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true); 5411 else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral) 5412 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false); 5413 else 5414 IsComparisonConstant = 5415 (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral); 5416 } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()) 5417 IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context); 5418 5419 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral 5420 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and 5421 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about. 5422 // 5423 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions 5424 // whose result is a constant. 5425 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant) 5426 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5427 5428 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different 5429 // signedness. 5430 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand; 5431 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { 5432 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && 5433 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?"); 5434 signedOperand = LHS; 5435 unsignedOperand = RHS; 5436 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { 5437 signedOperand = RHS; 5438 unsignedOperand = LHS; 5439 } else { 5440 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); 5441 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); 5442 } 5443 5444 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand. 5445 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand); 5446 5447 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note 5448 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides. 5449 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); 5450 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); 5451 5452 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire, 5453 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true 5454 // or false. 5455 if (signedRange.NonNegative) 5456 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); 5457 5458 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a 5459 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand, 5460 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not 5461 // change the result of the comparison. 5462 if (E->isEqualityOp()) { 5463 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T); 5464 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand); 5465 5466 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is 5467 // non-negative. 5468 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?"); 5469 5470 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth) 5471 return; 5472 } 5473 5474 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E, 5475 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison) 5476 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType() 5477 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()); 5478 } 5479 5480 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield. 5481 /// 5482 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt. 5483 static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init, 5484 SourceLocation InitLoc) { 5485 assert(Bitfield->isBitField()); 5486 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl()) 5487 return false; 5488 5489 // White-list bool bitfields. 5490 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType()) 5491 return false; 5492 5493 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions. 5494 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() || 5495 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() || 5496 Init->isValueDependent() || 5497 Init->isTypeDependent()) 5498 return false; 5499 5500 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5501 5502 llvm::APSInt Value; 5503 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) 5504 return false; 5505 5506 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth(); 5507 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context); 5508 5509 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth) 5510 return false; 5511 5512 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain. 5513 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth); 5514 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType()); 5515 5516 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value. 5517 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth); 5518 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue)) 5519 return false; 5520 5521 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and 5522 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1. 5523 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1) 5524 return false; 5525 5526 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10); 5527 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10); 5528 5529 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant) 5530 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType() 5531 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5532 5533 return true; 5534 } 5535 5536 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy 5537 /// operations. 5538 static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { 5539 // Just recurse on the LHS. 5540 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5541 5542 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to 5543 // a bitfield. 5544 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) { 5545 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(), 5546 E->getOperatorLoc())) { 5547 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS. 5548 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5549 E->getOperatorLoc()); 5550 } 5551 } 5552 5553 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); 5554 } 5555 5556 /// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. 5557 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T, 5558 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, 5559 bool pruneControlFlow = false) { 5560 if (pruneControlFlow) { 5561 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, 5562 S.PDiag(diag) 5563 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() 5564 << SourceRange(CContext)); 5565 return; 5566 } 5567 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag) 5568 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); 5569 } 5570 5571 /// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. 5572 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5573 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, 5574 bool pruneControlFlow = false) { 5575 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow); 5576 } 5577 5578 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the 5579 /// cast wouldn't lose information. 5580 void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T, 5581 SourceLocation CContext) { 5582 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn. 5583 bool isExact = false; 5584 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue(); 5585 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T), 5586 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()); 5587 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, 5588 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact) 5589 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact) 5590 return; 5591 5592 // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print 5593 // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we 5594 // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases). Ideally, APFloat::toString 5595 // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit 5596 // tricky to implement. 5597 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue; 5598 unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics()); 5599 precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196; 5600 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision); 5601 5602 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue; 5603 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 5604 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true"; 5605 else 5606 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue); 5607 5608 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer) 5609 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue 5610 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); 5611 } 5612 5613 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) { 5614 if (!Range.Width) return "0"; 5615 5616 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value; 5617 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative); 5618 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width); 5619 return ValueInRange.toString(10); 5620 } 5621 5622 static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) { 5623 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex)) 5624 return false; 5625 5626 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5627 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5628 const Type *Source = 5629 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5630 if (Target->isDependentType()) 5631 return false; 5632 5633 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT = 5634 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target); 5635 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source; 5636 5637 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && 5638 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint())); 5639 } 5640 5641 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, 5642 SourceLocation CC) { 5643 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); 5644 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) { 5645 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i); 5646 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true)) 5647 continue; 5648 5649 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) && 5650 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false)); 5651 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) && 5652 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false)); 5653 if (IsSwapped) { 5654 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion. 5655 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5656 CurrA->getType(), CC, 5657 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); 5658 } 5659 } 5660 } 5661 5662 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5663 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) { 5664 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return; 5665 5666 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5667 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr(); 5668 if (Source == Target) return; 5669 if (Target->isDependentType()) return; 5670 5671 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also 5672 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of 5673 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we 5674 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that 5675 // scenario, we just return. 5676 if (CC.isInvalid()) 5677 return; 5678 5679 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool. 5680 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) { 5681 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E)) 5682 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical 5683 // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are 5684 // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions(). 5685 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5686 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool); 5687 if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) || 5688 isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5689 // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C 5690 // objects. 5691 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5692 diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool); 5693 } 5694 if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) { 5695 // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true. 5696 S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false, 5697 SourceRange(CC)); 5698 } 5699 } 5700 5701 // Strip vector types. 5702 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) { 5703 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) { 5704 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5705 return; 5706 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar); 5707 } 5708 5709 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is 5710 // a bitcast, not a conversion. 5711 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target)) 5712 return; 5713 5714 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5715 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5716 } 5717 5718 // Strip complex types. 5719 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) { 5720 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) { 5721 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5722 return; 5723 5724 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar); 5725 } 5726 5727 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5728 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5729 } 5730 5731 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source); 5732 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target); 5733 5734 // If the source is floating point... 5735 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) { 5736 // ...and the target is floating point... 5737 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) { 5738 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank. 5739 5740 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank. 5741 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) { 5742 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely 5743 // representable in the target type. 5744 Expr::EvalResult result; 5745 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) { 5746 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex. 5747 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val, 5748 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)), 5749 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0)))) 5750 return; 5751 } 5752 5753 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5754 return; 5755 5756 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision); 5757 } 5758 return; 5759 } 5760 5761 // If the target is integral, always warn. 5762 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) { 5763 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5764 return; 5765 5766 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5767 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234" 5768 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE)) 5769 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus) 5770 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5771 5772 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) { 5773 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC); 5774 } else { 5775 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer); 5776 } 5777 } 5778 5779 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call. 5780 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && 5781 isa<CallExpr>(E)) { 5782 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an 5783 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result 5784 // is being cast to. 5785 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E); 5786 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs(); 5787 if (NumArgs > 0) { 5788 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1); 5789 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5790 const Type *InnerType = 5791 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); 5792 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) { 5793 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion 5794 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, 5795 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); 5796 } 5797 } 5798 } 5799 return; 5800 } 5801 5802 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) 5803 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType() 5804 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType() 5805 && Target->isScalarType() && !Target->isNullPtrType()) { 5806 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 5807 if (Loc.isMacroID()) 5808 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first; 5809 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID()) 5810 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer) 5811 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC) 5812 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, 5813 S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc)); 5814 } 5815 5816 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType()) 5817 return; 5818 5819 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool 5820 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed. 5821 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 5822 return; 5823 5824 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E); 5825 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target); 5826 5827 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) { 5828 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic. 5829 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too. 5830 llvm::APSInt Value(32); 5831 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) { 5832 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5833 return; 5834 5835 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10); 5836 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange); 5837 5838 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, 5839 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant) 5840 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue 5841 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange() 5842 << clang::SourceRange(CC)); 5843 return; 5844 } 5845 5846 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion. 5847 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5848 return; 5849 5850 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64) 5851 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32, 5852 /* pruneControlFlow */ true); 5853 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision); 5854 } 5855 5856 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) || 5857 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative && 5858 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) { 5859 5860 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5861 return; 5862 5863 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign; 5864 5865 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare. 5866 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion. 5867 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic 5868 // in the sign-compare group. 5869 // The conditional-checking code will 5870 if (ICContext) { 5871 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional; 5872 *ICContext = true; 5873 } 5874 5875 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID); 5876 } 5877 5878 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types. 5879 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration 5880 // type, to give us better diagnostics. 5881 QualType SourceType = E->getType(); 5882 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5883 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 5884 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 5885 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 5886 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 5887 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr(); 5888 } 5889 } 5890 5891 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>()) 5892 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>()) 5893 if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && 5894 TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && 5895 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) { 5896 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) 5897 return; 5898 5899 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC, 5900 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types); 5901 } 5902 5903 return; 5904 } 5905 5906 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, 5907 SourceLocation CC, QualType T); 5908 5909 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, 5910 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) { 5911 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5912 5913 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 5914 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T); 5915 5916 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); 5917 if (E->getType() != T) 5918 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext); 5919 return; 5920 } 5921 5922 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, 5923 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) { 5924 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC); 5925 5926 bool Suspicious = false; 5927 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); 5928 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); 5929 5930 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates 5931 // for a signedness conversion to the context type... 5932 if (!Suspicious) return; 5933 5934 // ...but it's currently ignored... 5935 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, 5936 CC)) 5937 return; 5938 5939 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the 5940 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type. 5941 if (E->getType() == T) return; 5942 5943 Suspicious = false; 5944 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5945 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); 5946 if (!Suspicious) 5947 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), 5948 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); 5949 } 5950 5951 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting 5952 /// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple 5953 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare. 5954 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) { 5955 QualType T = OrigE->getType(); 5956 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5957 5958 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 5959 return; 5960 5961 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they 5962 // were being fed directly into the output. 5963 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 5964 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); 5965 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T); 5966 return; 5967 } 5968 5969 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls. 5970 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) 5971 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC); 5972 5973 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped. 5974 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization; 5975 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions. 5976 if (E->getType() != T) 5977 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC); 5978 5979 // Now continue drilling into this expression. 5980 5981 if (PseudoObjectExpr * POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) { 5982 if (POE->getResultExpr()) 5983 E = POE->getResultExpr(); 5984 } 5985 5986 if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) 5987 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC); 5988 5989 // Skip past explicit casts. 5990 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) { 5991 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5992 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); 5993 } 5994 5995 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5996 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators. 5997 if (BO->isComparisonOp()) 5998 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO); 5999 6000 // And with simple assignments. 6001 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) 6002 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO); 6003 } 6004 6005 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately, 6006 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal 6007 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were 6008 // built into statements. 6009 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return; 6010 6011 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts. 6012 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return; 6013 6014 // Now just recurse over the expression's children. 6015 CC = E->getExprLoc(); 6016 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 6017 bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd; 6018 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) { 6019 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I); 6020 if (!ChildExpr) 6021 continue; 6022 6023 if (IsLogicalAndOperator && 6024 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 6025 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators. 6026 // This is a common pattern for asserts. 6027 continue; 6028 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC); 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 } // end anonymous namespace 6033 6034 enum { 6035 AddressOf, 6036 FunctionPointer, 6037 ArrayPointer 6038 }; 6039 6040 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null. 6041 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer 6042 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is 6043 /// compared to a null pointer 6044 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer 6045 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic 6046 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, 6047 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind, 6048 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) { 6049 6050 // Don't warn inside macros. 6051 if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) 6052 return; 6053 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 6054 6055 const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; 6056 6057 bool IsAddressOf = false; 6058 6059 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 6060 if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf) 6061 return; 6062 IsAddressOf = true; 6063 E = UO->getSubExpr(); 6064 } 6065 6066 // Expect to find a single Decl. Skip anything more complicated. 6067 ValueDecl *D = 0; 6068 if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6069 D = R->getDecl(); 6070 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6071 D = M->getMemberDecl(); 6072 } 6073 6074 // Weak Decls can be null. 6075 if (!D || D->isWeak()) 6076 return; 6077 6078 QualType T = D->getType(); 6079 const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType(); 6080 const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType(); 6081 6082 if (IsAddressOf) { 6083 // Address of function is used to silence the function warning. 6084 if (IsFunction) 6085 return; 6086 // Address of reference can be null. 6087 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6088 return; 6089 } 6090 6091 // Found nothing. 6092 if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray) 6093 return; 6094 6095 // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic. 6096 std::string Str; 6097 llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str); 6098 E->printPretty(S, 0, getPrintingPolicy()); 6099 6100 unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare 6101 : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool; 6102 unsigned DiagType; 6103 if (IsAddressOf) 6104 DiagType = AddressOf; 6105 else if (IsFunction) 6106 DiagType = FunctionPointer; 6107 else if (IsArray) 6108 DiagType = ArrayPointer; 6109 else 6110 llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic."); 6111 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange() 6112 << Range << IsEqual; 6113 6114 if (!IsFunction) 6115 return; 6116 6117 // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning. 6118 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence) 6119 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&"); 6120 6121 // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted. 6122 QualType ReturnType; 6123 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads; 6124 tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads); 6125 if (ReturnType.isNull()) 6126 return; 6127 6128 if (IsCompare) { 6129 // There are two cases here. If there is null constant, the only suggest 6130 // for a pointer return type. If the null is 0, then suggest if the return 6131 // type is a pointer or an integer type. 6132 if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) { 6133 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression || 6134 NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { 6135 if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType()) 6136 return; 6137 } else { 6138 return; 6139 } 6140 } 6141 } else { // !IsCompare 6142 // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool 6143 // return type. 6144 if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) 6145 return; 6146 } 6147 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call) 6148 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6149 getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()"); 6150 } 6151 6152 6153 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given 6154 /// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion 6155 /// and -Wsign-compare. 6156 /// 6157 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e. 6158 /// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit 6159 /// conversion 6160 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) { 6161 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts. 6162 if (isUnevaluatedContext()) 6163 return; 6164 6165 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions. 6166 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 6167 return; 6168 6169 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered 6170 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an 6171 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization. 6172 CheckArrayAccess(E); 6173 6174 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization. 6175 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC); 6176 } 6177 6178 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation 6179 /// results in integer overflow 6180 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) { 6181 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) 6182 E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context); 6183 } 6184 6185 namespace { 6186 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the 6187 /// same object. 6188 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> { 6189 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base; 6190 6191 /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are 6192 /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we 6193 /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma 6194 /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are 6195 /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later. 6196 class SequenceTree { 6197 struct Value { 6198 explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {} 6199 unsigned Parent : 31; 6200 bool Merged : 1; 6201 }; 6202 SmallVector<Value, 8> Values; 6203 6204 public: 6205 /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect 6206 /// to some other region. 6207 class Seq { 6208 explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {} 6209 unsigned Index; 6210 friend class SequenceTree; 6211 public: 6212 Seq() : Index(0) {} 6213 }; 6214 6215 SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); } 6216 Seq root() const { return Seq(0); } 6217 6218 /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced 6219 /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with 6220 /// respect to other children of \p Parent. 6221 Seq allocate(Seq Parent) { 6222 Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index)); 6223 return Seq(Values.size() - 1); 6224 } 6225 6226 /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent. 6227 void merge(Seq S) { 6228 Values[S.Index].Merged = true; 6229 } 6230 6231 /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation 6232 /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old 6233 /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate. 6234 bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) { 6235 unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index); 6236 unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index); 6237 while (C >= Target) { 6238 if (C == Target) 6239 return true; 6240 C = Values[C].Parent; 6241 } 6242 return false; 6243 } 6244 6245 private: 6246 /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence. 6247 unsigned representative(unsigned K) { 6248 if (Values[K].Merged) 6249 // Perform path compression as we go. 6250 return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent); 6251 return K; 6252 } 6253 }; 6254 6255 /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses. 6256 typedef NamedDecl *Object; 6257 6258 /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the 6259 /// least-sequenced usage of each kind. 6260 enum UsageKind { 6261 /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK. 6262 UK_Use, 6263 /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value 6264 /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++. 6265 UK_ModAsValue, 6266 /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value 6267 /// computation of the expression, such as n++. 6268 UK_ModAsSideEffect, 6269 6270 UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1 6271 }; 6272 6273 struct Usage { 6274 Usage() : Use(0), Seq() {} 6275 Expr *Use; 6276 SequenceTree::Seq Seq; 6277 }; 6278 6279 struct UsageInfo { 6280 UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {} 6281 Usage Uses[UK_Count]; 6282 /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already? 6283 bool Diagnosed; 6284 }; 6285 typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap; 6286 6287 Sema &SemaRef; 6288 /// Sequenced regions within the expression. 6289 SequenceTree Tree; 6290 /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen. 6291 UsageInfoMap UsageMap; 6292 /// The region we are currently within. 6293 SequenceTree::Seq Region; 6294 /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect 6295 /// (that is, post-increment operations). 6296 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect; 6297 /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce 6298 /// stack usage. 6299 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList; 6300 6301 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an 6302 /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation 6303 /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so 6304 /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to 6305 /// UK_ModAsValue. 6306 struct SequencedSubexpression { 6307 SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self) 6308 : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) { 6309 Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect; 6310 } 6311 ~SequencedSubexpression() { 6312 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ModAsSideEffect.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6313 UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[ModAsSideEffect[I].first]; 6314 U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect] = ModAsSideEffect[I].second; 6315 Self.addUsage(U, ModAsSideEffect[I].first, 6316 ModAsSideEffect[I].second.Use, UK_ModAsValue); 6317 } 6318 Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect; 6319 } 6320 6321 SequenceChecker &Self; 6322 SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect; 6323 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect; 6324 }; 6325 6326 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might 6327 /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and 6328 /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of 6329 /// the outer expression. 6330 class EvaluationTracker { 6331 public: 6332 EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self) 6333 : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) { 6334 Self.EvalTracker = this; 6335 } 6336 ~EvaluationTracker() { 6337 Self.EvalTracker = Prev; 6338 if (Prev) 6339 Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK; 6340 } 6341 6342 bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) { 6343 if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent()) 6344 return false; 6345 EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context); 6346 return EvalOK; 6347 } 6348 6349 private: 6350 SequenceChecker &Self; 6351 EvaluationTracker *Prev; 6352 bool EvalOK; 6353 } *EvalTracker; 6354 6355 /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression, 6356 /// if any. 6357 Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const { 6358 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6359 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { 6360 if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec)) 6361 return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod); 6362 } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6363 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6364 return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod); 6365 if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp()) 6366 return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod); 6367 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6368 // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n". 6369 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts())) 6370 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6371 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6372 // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value. 6373 return DRE->getDecl(); 6374 return 0; 6375 } 6376 6377 /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression. 6378 void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) { 6379 Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK]; 6380 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) { 6381 if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect) 6382 ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U)); 6383 U.Use = Ref; 6384 U.Seq = Region; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage. 6388 void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind, 6389 bool IsModMod) { 6390 if (UI.Diagnosed) 6391 return; 6392 6393 const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind]; 6394 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) 6395 return; 6396 6397 Expr *Mod = U.Use; 6398 Expr *ModOrUse = Ref; 6399 if (OtherKind == UK_Use) 6400 std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse); 6401 6402 SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(), 6403 IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod 6404 : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use) 6405 << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc()); 6406 UI.Diagnosed = true; 6407 } 6408 6409 void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { 6410 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6411 // Uses conflict with other modifications. 6412 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false); 6413 } 6414 void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { 6415 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6416 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false); 6417 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use); 6418 } 6419 6420 void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) { 6421 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6422 // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses. 6423 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true); 6424 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false); 6425 } 6426 void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) { 6427 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; 6428 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true); 6429 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK); 6430 } 6431 6432 public: 6433 SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList) 6434 : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()), ModAsSideEffect(0), 6435 WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(0) { 6436 Visit(E); 6437 } 6438 6439 void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { 6440 // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now. 6441 } 6442 6443 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 6444 // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions. 6445 Base::VisitStmt(E); 6446 } 6447 6448 void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) { 6449 Object O = Object(); 6450 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6451 O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false); 6452 6453 if (O) 6454 notePreUse(O, E); 6455 VisitExpr(E); 6456 if (O) 6457 notePostUse(O, E); 6458 } 6459 6460 void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6461 // C++11 [expr.comma]p1: 6462 // Every value computation and side effect associated with the left 6463 // expression is sequenced before every value computation and side 6464 // effect associated with the right expression. 6465 SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region); 6466 SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region); 6467 SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region; 6468 6469 { 6470 SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this); 6471 Region = LHS; 6472 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6473 } 6474 6475 Region = RHS; 6476 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6477 6478 Region = OldRegion; 6479 6480 // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced 6481 // with respect to other stuff. 6482 Tree.merge(LHS); 6483 Tree.merge(RHS); 6484 } 6485 6486 void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6487 // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS 6488 // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the 6489 // map afterwards. 6490 Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true); 6491 if (!O) 6492 return VisitExpr(BO); 6493 6494 notePreMod(O, BO); 6495 6496 // C++11 [expr.ass]p7: 6497 // E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated 6498 // only once. 6499 // 6500 // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used 6501 // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself. 6502 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) 6503 notePreUse(O, BO); 6504 6505 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6506 6507 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) 6508 notePostUse(O, BO); 6509 6510 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6511 6512 // C++11 [expr.ass]p1: 6513 // the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the 6514 // assignment expression. 6515 // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule. 6516 notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue 6517 : UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6518 } 6519 void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) { 6520 VisitBinAssign(CAO); 6521 } 6522 6523 void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } 6524 void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } 6525 void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { 6526 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); 6527 if (!O) 6528 return VisitExpr(UO); 6529 6530 notePreMod(O, UO); 6531 Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); 6532 // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1: 6533 // the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1 6534 notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue 6535 : UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6536 } 6537 6538 void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } 6539 void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } 6540 void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { 6541 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); 6542 if (!O) 6543 return VisitExpr(UO); 6544 6545 notePreMod(O, UO); 6546 Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); 6547 notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect); 6548 } 6549 6550 /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated. 6551 void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6552 // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the 6553 // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation 6554 // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them 6555 // as if they were unconditionally sequenced. 6556 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6557 { 6558 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6559 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6560 } 6561 6562 bool Result; 6563 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { 6564 if (!Result) 6565 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6566 } else { 6567 // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an 6568 // entirely separate evaluation. 6569 // 6570 // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced 6571 // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations 6572 // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them. 6573 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); 6574 } 6575 } 6576 void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) { 6577 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6578 { 6579 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6580 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 6581 } 6582 6583 bool Result; 6584 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { 6585 if (Result) 6586 Visit(BO->getRHS()); 6587 } else { 6588 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); 6589 } 6590 } 6591 6592 // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will 6593 // be chosen. 6594 void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) { 6595 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); 6596 { 6597 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6598 Visit(CO->getCond()); 6599 } 6600 6601 bool Result; 6602 if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result)) 6603 Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr()); 6604 else { 6605 WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6606 WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6607 } 6608 } 6609 6610 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { 6611 // C++11 [intro.execution]p15: 6612 // When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect 6613 // associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression 6614 // designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every 6615 // expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before 6616 // the value computation of its result]. 6617 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6618 Base::VisitCallExpr(CE); 6619 6620 // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions. 6621 } 6622 6623 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) { 6624 // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result. 6625 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); 6626 6627 if (!CCE->isListInitialization()) 6628 return VisitExpr(CCE); 6629 6630 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. 6631 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; 6632 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; 6633 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(), 6634 E = CCE->arg_end(); 6635 I != E; ++I) { 6636 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); 6637 Elts.push_back(Region); 6638 Visit(*I); 6639 } 6640 6641 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. 6642 Region = Parent; 6643 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) 6644 Tree.merge(Elts[I]); 6645 } 6646 6647 void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) { 6648 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6649 return VisitExpr(ILE); 6650 6651 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. 6652 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; 6653 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; 6654 for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) { 6655 Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I); 6656 if (!E) continue; 6657 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); 6658 Elts.push_back(Region); 6659 Visit(E); 6660 } 6661 6662 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. 6663 Region = Parent; 6664 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) 6665 Tree.merge(Elts[I]); 6666 } 6667 }; 6668 } 6669 6670 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) { 6671 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList; 6672 WorkList.push_back(E); 6673 while (!WorkList.empty()) { 6674 Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val(); 6675 SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList); 6676 } 6677 } 6678 6679 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc, 6680 bool IsConstexpr) { 6681 CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc); 6682 CheckUnsequencedOperations(E); 6683 if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent()) 6684 CheckForIntOverflow(E); 6685 } 6686 6687 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, 6688 FieldDecl *BitField, 6689 Expr *Init) { 6690 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc); 6691 } 6692 6693 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given 6694 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This 6695 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the 6696 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function 6697 /// parameters are complete. 6698 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *P, 6699 ParmVarDecl *const *PEnd, 6700 bool CheckParameterNames) { 6701 bool HasInvalidParm = false; 6702 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) { 6703 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P; 6704 6705 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a 6706 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of 6707 // that function shall not have incomplete type. 6708 // 6709 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. 6710 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && 6711 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), 6712 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6713 Param->setInvalidDecl(); 6714 HasInvalidParm = true; 6715 } 6716 6717 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the 6718 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. 6719 if (CheckParameterNames && 6720 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && 6721 !Param->isImplicit() && 6722 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6723 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); 6724 6725 // C99 6.7.5.3p12: 6726 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that 6727 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*] 6728 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify 6729 // variable length array types. 6730 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType(); 6731 while (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) { 6732 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) { 6733 // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location 6734 // information is added for it. 6735 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition); 6736 break; 6737 } 6738 PType= AT->getElementType(); 6739 } 6740 6741 // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee. Therefore a 6742 // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the 6743 // object's destructor. However, we don't perform any direct access check 6744 // on the dtor. 6745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo() 6746 .getCXXABI() 6747 .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) { 6748 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) { 6749 if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6750 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6751 if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6752 !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() && 6753 !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) { 6754 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl); 6755 MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor); 6756 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation()); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 } 6760 } 6761 } 6762 6763 return HasInvalidParm; 6764 } 6765 6766 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a 6767 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements. 6768 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) { 6769 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every 6770 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default). 6771 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align, 6772 TRange.getBegin()) 6773 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6774 return; 6775 6776 // Ignore dependent types. 6777 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType()) 6778 return; 6779 6780 // Require that the destination be a pointer type. 6781 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>(); 6782 if (!DestPtr) return; 6783 6784 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done. 6785 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType(); 6786 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; 6787 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee); 6788 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return; 6789 6790 // Require that the source be a pointer type. 6791 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 6792 if (!SrcPtr) return; 6793 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType(); 6794 6795 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly 6796 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1. 6797 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly 6798 // includes 'void'. 6799 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; 6800 6801 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee); 6802 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return; 6803 6804 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align) 6805 << Op->getType() << T 6806 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity()) 6807 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity()) 6808 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange(); 6809 } 6810 6811 static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) { 6812 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr(); 6813 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType()) 6814 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 6815 else if (EltType->isArrayType()) 6816 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 6817 return EltType; 6818 } 6819 6820 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded 6821 /// array member of a struct. 6822 /// 6823 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are 6824 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code. 6825 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size, 6826 const NamedDecl *ND) { 6827 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false; 6828 6829 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND); 6830 if (!FD) return false; 6831 6832 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument 6833 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays. 6834 6835 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6836 while (TInfo) { 6837 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc(); 6838 // Look through typedefs. 6839 if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { 6840 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl(); 6841 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6842 continue; 6843 } 6844 if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) { 6845 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr()); 6846 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) 6847 return false; 6848 } 6849 break; 6850 } 6851 6852 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); 6853 if (!RD) return false; 6854 if (RD->isUnion()) return false; 6855 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 6856 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false; 6857 } 6858 6859 // See if this is the last field decl in the record. 6860 const Decl *D = FD; 6861 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext())) 6862 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 6863 return false; 6864 return true; 6865 } 6866 6867 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6868 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE, 6869 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) { 6870 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6871 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) 6872 return; 6873 6874 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr); 6875 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6876 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy = 6877 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType()); 6878 if (!ArrayTy) 6879 return; 6880 6881 llvm::APSInt index; 6882 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context)) 6883 return; 6884 if (IndexNegated) 6885 index = -index; 6886 6887 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL; 6888 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6889 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 6890 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6891 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 6892 6893 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) { 6894 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize(); 6895 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive()) 6896 return; 6897 6898 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr); 6899 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) { 6900 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size 6901 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType); 6902 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType); 6903 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void* 6904 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1; 6905 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) { 6906 // There's a cast to a different size type involved 6907 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize; 6908 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a 6909 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize 6910 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize) 6911 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth()) 6916 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth()); 6917 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth()) 6918 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth()); 6919 6920 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer 6921 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since 6922 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and 6923 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops. 6924 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size)) 6925 return; 6926 6927 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some 6928 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89 6929 // code. 6930 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND)) 6931 return; 6932 6933 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the 6934 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions 6935 // within a system header. 6936 if (ASE) { 6937 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( 6938 ASE->getRBracketLoc()); 6939 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) { 6940 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( 6941 IndexExpr->getLocStart()); 6942 if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc)) 6943 return; 6944 } 6945 } 6946 6947 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds; 6948 if (ASE) 6949 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds; 6950 6951 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6952 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) 6953 << size.toString(10, true) 6954 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U) 6955 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 6956 } else { 6957 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds; 6958 if (!ASE) { 6959 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds; 6960 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index; 6961 } 6962 6963 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6964 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) 6965 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 6966 } 6967 6968 if (!ND) { 6969 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note. 6970 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = 6971 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6972 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6973 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6974 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 6975 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) 6976 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 6977 } 6978 6979 if (ND) 6980 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, 6981 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds) 6982 << ND->getDeclName()); 6983 } 6984 6985 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) { 6986 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0; 6987 while (expr) { 6988 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6989 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) { 6990 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 6991 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr); 6992 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE, 6993 AllowOnePastEnd > 0); 6994 return; 6995 } 6996 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 6997 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators 6998 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr); 6999 expr = UO->getSubExpr(); 7000 switch (UO->getOpcode()) { 7001 case UO_AddrOf: 7002 AllowOnePastEnd++; 7003 break; 7004 case UO_Deref: 7005 AllowOnePastEnd--; 7006 break; 7007 default: 7008 return; 7009 } 7010 break; 7011 } 7012 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 7013 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr); 7014 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS()) 7015 CheckArrayAccess(lhs); 7016 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS()) 7017 CheckArrayAccess(rhs); 7018 return; 7019 } 7020 default: 7021 return; 7022 } 7023 } 7024 } 7025 7026 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------// 7027 7028 namespace { 7029 struct RetainCycleOwner { 7030 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {} 7031 VarDecl *Variable; 7032 SourceRange Range; 7033 SourceLocation Loc; 7034 bool Indirect; 7035 7036 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) { 7037 Loc = e->getExprLoc(); 7038 Range = e->getSourceRange(); 7039 } 7040 }; 7041 } 7042 7043 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to 7044 /// a retain cycle. 7045 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7046 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong 7047 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is 7048 // __block and has an appropriate type. 7049 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) 7050 return false; 7051 7052 owner.Variable = var; 7053 if (ref) 7054 owner.setLocsFrom(ref); 7055 return true; 7056 } 7057 7058 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7059 while (true) { 7060 e = e->IgnoreParens(); 7061 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) { 7062 switch (cast->getCastKind()) { 7063 case CK_BitCast: 7064 case CK_LValueBitCast: 7065 case CK_LValueToRValue: 7066 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: 7067 e = cast->getSubExpr(); 7068 continue; 7069 7070 default: 7071 return false; 7072 } 7073 } 7074 7075 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) { 7076 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl(); 7077 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) 7078 return false; 7079 7080 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base. 7081 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner)) 7082 return false; 7083 7084 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref); 7085 owner.Indirect = true; 7086 return true; 7087 } 7088 7089 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { 7090 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl()); 7091 if (!var) return false; 7092 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner); 7093 } 7094 7095 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { 7096 if (member->isArrow()) return false; 7097 7098 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership. 7099 e = member->getBase(); 7100 continue; 7101 } 7102 7103 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) { 7104 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references. 7105 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre 7106 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm() 7107 ->IgnoreParens()); 7108 if (!pre) return false; 7109 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false; 7110 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty(); 7111 if (!property->isRetaining() && 7112 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() && 7113 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType() 7114 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)) 7115 return false; 7116 7117 owner.Indirect = true; 7118 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) { 7119 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); 7120 if (!owner.Variable) 7121 return false; 7122 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation(); 7123 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange(); 7124 return true; 7125 } 7126 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase()) 7127 ->getSourceExpr()); 7128 continue; 7129 } 7130 7131 // Array ivars? 7132 7133 return false; 7134 } 7135 } 7136 7137 namespace { 7138 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> { 7139 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable) 7140 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context), 7141 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {} 7142 7143 VarDecl *Variable; 7144 Expr *Capturer; 7145 7146 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) { 7147 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer) 7148 Capturer = ref; 7149 } 7150 7151 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) { 7152 if (Capturer) return; 7153 Visit(ref->getBase()); 7154 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar()) 7155 Capturer = ref; 7156 } 7157 7158 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) { 7159 // Look inside nested blocks 7160 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable)) 7161 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); 7162 } 7163 7164 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) { 7165 if (Capturer) return; 7166 if (OVE->getSourceExpr()) 7167 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 7168 } 7169 }; 7170 } 7171 7172 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a 7173 /// variable. 7174 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7175 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); 7176 7177 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7178 7179 // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}). 7180 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) { 7181 Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector(); 7182 if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") { 7183 e = ME->getInstanceReceiver(); 7184 if (!e) 7185 return 0; 7186 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7187 } 7188 } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) { 7189 if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) { 7190 FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl()); 7191 if (Fn) { 7192 const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier(); 7193 if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) { 7194 e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7195 } 7196 } 7197 } 7198 } 7199 7200 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e); 7201 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable)) 7202 return 0; 7203 7204 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable); 7205 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); 7206 return visitor.Capturer; 7207 } 7208 7209 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer, 7210 RetainCycleOwner &owner) { 7211 assert(capturer); 7212 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); 7213 7214 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle) 7215 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange(); 7216 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner) 7217 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range; 7218 } 7219 7220 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or 7221 /// 'set'. 7222 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) { 7223 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false; 7224 7225 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0); 7226 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1); 7227 if (str.startswith("set")) 7228 str = str.substr(3); 7229 else if (str.startswith("add")) { 7230 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'. 7231 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock")) 7232 return false; 7233 str = str.substr(3); 7234 } 7235 else 7236 return false; 7237 7238 if (str.empty()) return true; 7239 return !isLowercase(str.front()); 7240 } 7241 7242 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. 7243 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) { 7244 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter. 7245 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector())) 7246 return; 7247 7248 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by. 7249 RetainCycleOwner owner; 7250 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) { 7251 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner)) 7252 return; 7253 } else { 7254 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance); 7255 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); 7256 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc(); 7257 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc(); 7258 } 7259 7260 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments. 7261 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 7262 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner)) 7263 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); 7264 } 7265 7266 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. 7267 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) { 7268 RetainCycleOwner owner; 7269 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner)) 7270 return; 7271 7272 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner)) 7273 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); 7274 } 7275 7276 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) { 7277 RetainCycleOwner Owner; 7278 if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/0, Owner)) 7279 return; 7280 7281 // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the 7282 // location explicitly here. 7283 Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation(); 7284 Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange(); 7285 7286 if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner)) 7287 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner); 7288 } 7289 7290 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 7291 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { 7292 // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get 7293 // immediately zapped in a weak reference. Note that we explicitly 7294 // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die. 7295 RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7296 7297 // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in 7298 // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1). 7299 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS); 7300 if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None) 7301 return false; 7302 7303 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign) 7304 << (unsigned) Kind 7305 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) 7306 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7307 7308 return true; 7309 } 7310 7311 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 7312 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT, 7313 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { 7314 // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific. 7315 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { 7316 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { 7317 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign) 7318 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) 7319 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) 7320 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7321 return true; 7322 } 7323 RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); 7324 } 7325 7326 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && 7327 checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty)) 7328 return true; 7329 7330 return false; 7331 } 7332 7333 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, 7334 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) { 7335 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime(); 7336 7337 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) 7338 return false; 7339 7340 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false)) 7341 return true; 7342 7343 return false; 7344 } 7345 7346 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, 7347 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { 7348 QualType LHSType; 7349 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from 7350 // its declaration as it has a PseudoType. 7351 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE 7352 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens()); 7353 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) { 7354 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); 7355 if (PD) 7356 LHSType = PD->getType(); 7357 } 7358 7359 if (LHSType.isNull()) 7360 LHSType = LHS->getType(); 7361 7362 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime(); 7363 7364 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { 7365 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7366 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc); 7367 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7368 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS); 7369 } 7370 7371 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS)) 7372 return; 7373 7374 // FIXME. Check for other life times. 7375 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 7376 return; 7377 7378 if (PRE) { 7379 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) 7380 return; 7381 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); 7382 if (!PD) 7383 return; 7384 7385 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes(); 7386 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) { 7387 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified 7388 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself 7389 // for lifetime info. 7390 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten(); 7391 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) && 7392 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType()) 7393 return; 7394 7395 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { 7396 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { 7397 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign) 7398 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 7399 return; 7400 } 7401 RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); 7402 } 7403 } 7404 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) { 7405 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true)) 7406 return; 7407 } 7408 } 7409 } 7410 7411 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===// 7412 7413 namespace { 7414 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr, 7415 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 7416 const NullStmt *Body) { 7417 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g: 7418 // 7419 // #define CALL(x) 7420 // if (condition) 7421 // CALL(0); 7422 // 7423 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro()) 7424 return false; 7425 7426 // Get line numbers of statement and body. 7427 bool StmtLineInvalid; 7428 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc, 7429 &StmtLineInvalid); 7430 if (StmtLineInvalid) 7431 return false; 7432 7433 bool BodyLineInvalid; 7434 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(), 7435 &BodyLineInvalid); 7436 if (BodyLineInvalid) 7437 return false; 7438 7439 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line. 7440 if (StmtLine != BodyLine) 7441 return false; 7442 7443 return true; 7444 } 7445 } // Unnamed namespace 7446 7447 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 7448 const Stmt *Body, 7449 unsigned DiagID) { 7450 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template 7451 // instantiations, this just adds noise. 7452 if (CurrentInstantiationScope) 7453 return; 7454 7455 // The body should be a null statement. 7456 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); 7457 if (!NBody) 7458 return; 7459 7460 // Do the usual checks. 7461 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) 7462 return; 7463 7464 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); 7465 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); 7466 } 7467 7468 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 7469 const Stmt *PossibleBody) { 7470 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller 7471 7472 SourceLocation StmtLoc; 7473 const Stmt *Body; 7474 unsigned DiagID; 7475 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) { 7476 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc(); 7477 Body = FS->getBody(); 7478 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body; 7479 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) { 7480 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7481 Body = WS->getBody(); 7482 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body; 7483 } else 7484 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'. 7485 7486 // The body should be a null statement. 7487 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); 7488 if (!NBody) 7489 return; 7490 7491 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled. 7492 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) == 7493 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7494 return; 7495 7496 // Do the usual checks. 7497 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) 7498 return; 7499 7500 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep 7501 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a 7502 // CompoundStmt, e.g.: 7503 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); 7504 // { 7505 // a(i); 7506 // } 7507 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation 7508 // than for/while itself: 7509 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); 7510 // a(i); 7511 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody); 7512 if (!ProbableTypo) { 7513 bool BodyColInvalid; 7514 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( 7515 PossibleBody->getLocStart(), 7516 &BodyColInvalid); 7517 if (BodyColInvalid) 7518 return; 7519 7520 bool StmtColInvalid; 7521 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( 7522 S->getLocStart(), 7523 &StmtColInvalid); 7524 if (StmtColInvalid) 7525 return; 7526 7527 if (BodyCol > StmtCol) 7528 ProbableTypo = true; 7529 } 7530 7531 if (ProbableTypo) { 7532 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); 7533 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); 7534 } 7535 } 7536 7537 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------// 7538 7539 namespace { 7540 7541 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2); 7542 7543 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible. 7544 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) { 7545 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8: 7546 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same 7547 // underlying type. 7548 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() && 7549 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType()); 7550 } 7551 7552 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible. 7553 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) { 7554 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType())) 7555 return false; 7556 7557 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField()) 7558 return false; 7559 7560 if (Field1->isBitField()) { 7561 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length. 7562 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C); 7563 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C); 7564 7565 if (Bits1 != Bits2) 7566 return false; 7567 } 7568 7569 return true; 7570 } 7571 7572 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible. 7573 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17) 7574 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C, 7575 RecordDecl *RD1, 7576 RecordDecl *RD2) { 7577 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match. 7578 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) { 7579 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode, 7580 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too. 7581 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2); 7582 // Check number of base classes. 7583 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases()) 7584 return false; 7585 7586 // Check the base classes. 7587 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator 7588 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(), 7589 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(), 7590 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin(); 7591 Base1 != BaseEnd1; 7592 ++Base1, ++Base2) { 7593 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType())) 7594 return false; 7595 } 7596 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) { 7597 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes. 7598 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0) 7599 return false; 7600 } 7601 7602 // Check the fields. 7603 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(), 7604 Field2End = RD2->field_end(), 7605 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(), 7606 Field1End = RD1->field_end(); 7607 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) { 7608 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2)) 7609 return false; 7610 } 7611 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End) 7612 return false; 7613 7614 return true; 7615 } 7616 7617 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible. 7618 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18) 7619 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C, 7620 RecordDecl *RD1, 7621 RecordDecl *RD2) { 7622 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields; 7623 for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields()) 7624 UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2); 7625 7626 for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) { 7627 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator 7628 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(), 7629 E = UnmatchedFields.end(); 7630 7631 for ( ; I != E; ++I) { 7632 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) { 7633 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I); 7634 (void) Result; 7635 assert(Result); 7636 break; 7637 } 7638 } 7639 if (I == E) 7640 return false; 7641 } 7642 7643 return UnmatchedFields.empty(); 7644 } 7645 7646 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) { 7647 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion()) 7648 return false; 7649 7650 if (RD1->isUnion()) 7651 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2); 7652 else 7653 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2); 7654 } 7655 7656 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense. 7657 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) { 7658 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull()) 7659 return false; 7660 7661 // C++11 [basic.types] p11: 7662 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are 7663 // layout-compatible types. 7664 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2)) 7665 return true; 7666 7667 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); 7668 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); 7669 7670 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass(); 7671 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass(); 7672 7673 if (TC1 != TC2) 7674 return false; 7675 7676 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) { 7677 return isLayoutCompatible(C, 7678 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(), 7679 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl()); 7680 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) { 7681 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType()) 7682 return false; 7683 7684 return isLayoutCompatible(C, 7685 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(), 7686 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl()); 7687 } 7688 7689 return false; 7690 } 7691 } 7692 7693 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----// 7694 7695 namespace { 7696 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself. 7697 /// 7698 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code. 7699 /// 7700 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag. 7701 /// 7702 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value. 7703 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, 7704 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) { 7705 while(true) { 7706 if (!TypeExpr) 7707 return false; 7708 7709 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts(); 7710 7711 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) { 7712 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 7713 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr); 7714 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) { 7715 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr(); 7716 continue; 7717 } 7718 return false; 7719 } 7720 7721 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { 7722 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr); 7723 *VD = DRE->getDecl(); 7724 return true; 7725 } 7726 7727 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: { 7728 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr); 7729 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue(); 7730 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) { 7731 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue(); 7732 return true; 7733 } else 7734 return false; 7735 } 7736 7737 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: 7738 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { 7739 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO = 7740 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr); 7741 bool Result; 7742 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) { 7743 if (Result) 7744 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr(); 7745 else 7746 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr(); 7747 continue; 7748 } 7749 return false; 7750 } 7751 7752 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { 7753 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr); 7754 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 7755 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS(); 7756 continue; 7757 } 7758 return false; 7759 } 7760 7761 default: 7762 return false; 7763 } 7764 } 7765 } 7766 7767 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr. 7768 /// 7769 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag. 7770 /// 7771 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values. 7772 /// 7773 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong 7774 /// kind. 7775 /// 7776 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type. 7777 /// 7778 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found. 7779 bool GetMatchingCType( 7780 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7781 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, 7782 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, 7783 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues, 7784 bool &FoundWrongKind, 7785 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) { 7786 FoundWrongKind = false; 7787 7788 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute. 7789 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL; 7790 7791 uint64_t MagicValue; 7792 7793 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue)) 7794 return false; 7795 7796 if (VD) { 7797 if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7798 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) { 7799 FoundWrongKind = true; 7800 return false; 7801 } 7802 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType(); 7803 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible(); 7804 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull(); 7805 return true; 7806 } 7807 return false; 7808 } 7809 7810 if (!MagicValues) 7811 return false; 7812 7813 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, 7814 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I = 7815 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue)); 7816 if (I == MagicValues->end()) 7817 return false; 7818 7819 TypeInfo = I->second; 7820 return true; 7821 } 7822 } // unnamed namespace 7823 7824 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7825 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7826 bool LayoutCompatible, 7827 bool MustBeNull) { 7828 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues) 7829 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset( 7830 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>); 7831 7832 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue); 7833 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] = 7834 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull); 7835 } 7836 7837 namespace { 7838 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) { 7839 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7840 if (!BT1) 7841 return false; 7842 7843 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7844 if (!BT2) 7845 return false; 7846 7847 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind(); 7848 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind(); 7849 7850 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) || 7851 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) || 7852 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) || 7853 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar); 7854 } 7855 } // unnamed namespace 7856 7857 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7858 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) { 7859 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind(); 7860 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer(); 7861 7862 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()]; 7863 bool FoundWrongKind; 7864 TypeTagData TypeInfo; 7865 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context, 7866 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(), 7867 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) { 7868 if (FoundWrongKind) 7869 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(), 7870 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind) 7871 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7872 return; 7873 } 7874 7875 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()]; 7876 if (IsPointerAttr) { 7877 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument). 7878 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr)) 7879 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() && 7880 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast) 7881 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 7882 } 7883 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType(); 7884 7885 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning. 7886 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType()) 7887 return; 7888 7889 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) { 7890 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer. 7891 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 7892 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { 7893 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), 7894 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required) 7895 << ArgumentKind->getName() 7896 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() 7897 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7898 } 7899 return; 7900 } 7901 7902 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type; 7903 if (IsPointerAttr) 7904 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType); 7905 7906 bool mismatch = false; 7907 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) { 7908 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType); 7909 7910 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1: 7911 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types. 7912 // 7913 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned 7914 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode. 7915 if (mismatch) 7916 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), 7917 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) || 7918 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType))) 7919 mismatch = false; 7920 } else 7921 if (IsPointerAttr) 7922 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, 7923 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), 7924 RequiredType->getPointeeType()); 7925 else 7926 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType); 7927 7928 if (mismatch) 7929 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch) 7930 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind 7931 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType 7932 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() 7933 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); 7934 } 7935 7936